S-3

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2009

Registration Statement No. 333-      

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form S-3

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

EAGLE ROCK ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.*

EAGLE ROCK ENERGY FINANCE CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware Delaware	69-0629883 26-4627240
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

16701 Greenspoint Park Drive, Suite 200

Houston, Texas 77060

(281) 408-1200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Charles C. Boettcher

16701 Greenspoint Park Drive, Suite 200

Houston, Texas 77060

(281) 408-1200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Douglas E. McWilliams

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

First City Tower

1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 758-2222

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  From time to time after the effective date of this registration statement.

If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box.  o

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box.  þ

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction I.D. or a post-effective amendment thereto that shall become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act, check the following box.  o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed pursuant to General Instruction I.D. filed to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box.  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer þ Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

	Maximum Offering	Amount of
Title of Each Class of	Price of All Securities	Registration
Securities to be Registered	to be Registered(3)	Fee(6)
Common Units
Partnership Securities
Warrants
Rights
Debt Securities(1)
Guarantees of Debt Securities(2)
Total	$600,000,000(4)(5)	$33,480

(1)	If any debt securities are issued at an original issue discount, then the offering price of such debt securities shall be in such amount as shall result in an aggregate initial offering price not to exceed $600,000,000, less the dollar amount of any registered securities previously issued hereunder.
(2)	If a series of debt securities is guaranteed, such series will be guaranteed by all subsisidiaries other than “minor” subsidiaries as such term is interpretated in securities regulations governing financial reporting for guarantors. Pursuant to Rule 457(n), no separate fee is payable with respect to the guarantees of the debt securities being registered.
(3)	The amount to be registered, proposed maximum offering price per unit, and proposed maximum aggregate offering price for each class of securities to be registered is not specified pursuant to General Instruction, II.D. of Form S-3.
(4)	Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o). In no event will the aggregate initial offering price of all securities offered from time to time pursuant to the prospectus included as a part of this Registration Statement exceed $600,000,000. To the extent applicable, the aggregate amount of common units registered is further limited to that which is permissible under Rule 415(a)(4) under the Securities Act. Any securities registered hereunder may be sold separately or as units with other securities registered hereunder.
(5)	There are being registered hereunder a presently indeterminate number of common units and partnership securities, an indeterminate principal amount of debt securities and an indeterminate amount of warrants and rights to purchase common units, partnership securities and debt securities. This registration statement also covers an indeterminate amount of securities as may be issued in exchange for, or upon conversion or exercise of, as the case may be, the securities registered hereunder. The common units and other partnership securities consist of units of partnership interest.
(6)	Calculated in accordance with Rule 457(o).

The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR REGISTRANTS

	State or Other
	Jurisdiction of
Exact Name of Additional	Incorporation or	I.R.S. Employee
Registrant as Specified in Its Charter	Organization	Identification No.
CMA Pipeline Partnership, LLC	Texas		80-0117302
EROC Gathering Company, LP	Delaware		20-4435595
EROC Midstream Energy, L.P.	Delaware		14-1927069
EROC Production, LLC	Delaware		26-1562116
EROC Quitman Gathering Co., LP	Delaware		20-4435455
Eagle Rock Acquisition Partnership II, L.P.	Delaware		26-2830903
Eagle Rock Acquisition Partnership, L.P.	Delaware		26-1206706
Eagle Rock Desoto Pipeline, L.P.	Texas		06-1734875
Eagle Rock Development Company, L.L.C.	Texas		20-1230622
Eagle Rock Energy Acquisition Co. II, Inc.	Delaware		26-2463364
Eagle Rock Energy Acquisition Co., Inc.	Delaware		20-0604564
Eagle Rock Energy Services, L.P.	Texas		20-3384873
Eagle Rock Field Services, L.P.	Texas		20-3609438
Eagle Rock GOM, L.P.	Texas		80-0117311
Eagle Rock Gas Gathering and Processing, Ltd.	Texas		20-3296893
Eagle Rock Midstream, L.P.	Texas		80-0117305
Eagle Rock Operating, L.P.	Texas		20-0410508
Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC	Delaware		20-3804451
Eagle Rock Pipeline, L.P.	Delaware		20-3804503
Eagle Rock Production, L.P.	Texas		02-0724370
Eagle Rock Upstream Development Company, Inc.	Delaware		20-1560113
Eagle Rock Upstream Development Company II, Inc.	Delaware		20-1477453
Eagle Rock Upstream Development II, L.P.	Texas		20-4005491
Escambia Asset Co. LLC	Delaware		20-4942000
Escambia Operating Co. LLC	Delaware		20-4943869
Galveston Bay Gathering, LLC	Texas		20-4591290
Hesco Gathering Company, LLC	Texas		74-2875152
Hesco Pipeline Company, L.L.C.	Texas		57-1219129
Midstream Gas Services, L.P.	Texas		33-1103950
Superior Gas Compression, LLC	Texas		87-0802353

PROSPECTUS

Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.
Eagle Rock Energy Finance Corp.

Common Units
Partnership Securities
Warrants
Rights
Debt Securities

We may offer, from time to time, in one or more series:

•  common units representing limited partnership interests in Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.;

•  partnership securities;

•  warrants to purchase common units, partnership securities or debt securities;

•  rights to purchase common units, partnership securities, warrants or debt securities; and

•  debt securities, which may be secured or unsecured senior debt securities.

Eagle Rock Energy Finance Corp. may act as co-issuer of the debt securities, and all other direct or indirect subsidiaries of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., other than “minor” subsidiaries as such item is interpreted in securities regulations governing financial reporting for guarantors, may guarantee the debt securities.

The securities we may offer:

•  will have a maximum aggregate offering price of $600,000,000;

•  will be offered at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more accompanying prospectus supplements; and

•  may be offered separately or together, or in separate series.

Our common units are traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “EROC.” We will provide information in the prospectus supplement for the trading market, if any, for any partnership securities, warrants, rights and debt securities we may offer.

This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities we may offer. Each time we offer to sell securities we will provide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about those securities and the terms of that offering. The prospectus supplement also may add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. This prospectus may be used to offer and sell securities only if accompanied by a prospectus supplement. You should read this prospectus and any prospectus supplement carefully before you invest. You should also read the documents we refer to in the “Where You Can Find More Information” section of this prospectus for information on us and our financial statements.

Limited partnerships are inherently different than corporations. You should carefully consider each of the factors described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 2 of this prospectus before you make an investment in our securities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is          , 2009

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GUIDE TO READING THIS PROSPECTUS	ii
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION	ii
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS	iii
ABOUT EAGLE ROCK ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.	1
RISK FACTORS	2
USE OF PROCEEDS	4
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES	4
OUR CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS	5
PROVISIONS OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH DISTRIBUTIONS	8
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES	17
THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT	24
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS	36
DESCRIPTION OF PARTNERSHIP SECURITIES	38
DESCRIPTION OF THE WARRANTS	39
DESCRIPTION OF THE RIGHTS	40
DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES	41
MATERIAL TAX CONSEQUENCES	49
INVESTMENT IN EAGLE ROCK ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P. BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS	68
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION	69
LEGAL MATTERS	70
EXPERTS	70
SIGNATURES	II-6
POWER OF ATTORNEY	II-6
INDEX TO EXHIBITS	II-25
EX-4.1
EX-5.1
EX-8.1
EX-12.1
EX-23.1
EX-23.2
EX-23.3
EX-23.4

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. You should not assume that the information incorporated by reference or provided in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.

i

GUIDE TO READING THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-3 that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) utilizing a “shelf” registration process or continuous offering process. Under this shelf registration process, we may, from time to time, sell up to $600,000,000 of the securities described in this prospectus in one or more offerings. Each time we offer securities, we will provide you with this prospectus and a prospectus supplement that will describe, among other things, the specific amounts and prices of the securities being offered and the terms of the offering, including, in the case of partnership securities, warrants, rights and debt securities, the specific terms of the securities.

That prospectus supplement may include additional risk factors or other special considerations applicable to those securities and may also add, update, or change information in this prospectus. If there is any inconsistency between the information in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement, you should rely on the information in that prospectus supplement.

The following information should help you understand some of the conventions used in this prospectus.

•  Throughout this prospectus, when we use the terms “we,” “us,” or “Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.,” we are referring either to Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., the registrant itself, or to Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., Eagle Rock Energy Finance Corp., and our operating subsidiaries collectively, as the context requires.

•  We are managed by Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC, which is the general partner of our general partner, Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P. We refer to Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC as “G&P” or “the general partner of our general partner.” G&P does not receive a management fee but is reimbursed for expenses incurred on our behalf under an Omnibus Agreement entered into upon our public offering in October 2006. As of September 30, 2009, our general partner held a 1.10% general partner interest in us, and, as of the date of this prospectus, such general partner interest has not changed materially but is subject to minor changes upon grants or forfeitures of our restricted common units and other issuances.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We “incorporate by reference” information into this prospectus, which means that we disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is deemed to be part of this prospectus, except for any information superseded by information contained expressly in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement, and the information we file later with the SEC will automatically supersede this information. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus is current as of any date other than the date on the front page of this prospectus.

We incorporate by reference the documents listed below and any future filings we make with the SEC under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (excluding any information furnished pursuant to Items 2.02 or 7.01 on any Current Report on Form 8-K), including all such documents we may file with the SEC after the date of the initial registration statement and prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement, until all offerings under this registration statement are completed:

•  Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008;

•  Our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009; and

•  Our Current Reports on Forms 8-K (excluding Items 2.02 and 7.01 and related exhibits) filed on January 5, 2009, January 13, 2009, February 5, 2009, February 9, 2009, March 11, 2009, April 3, 2009, April 30, 2009, July 29, 2009, September 18, 2009, October 13, 2009, October 28, 2009, November 9, 2009 and December 7, 2009 and our Current Report on Form 8-K/A (excluding Item 7.01 and related exhibit) filed on February 5, 2009; and

ii

•  The description of our common units contained in our Registration Statement on Form 8-A, filed on September 12, 2006, and any subsequent amendment or report filed for the purpose of updating such description.

You may request a copy of any document incorporated by reference in this prospectus and any exhibit specifically incorporated by reference in those documents, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address or phone number:

Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.
Investor Relations
16701 Greenspoint Park Drive, Suite 200
Houston, Texas 77060
(281) 408-1200

Additionally, you may read and copy any documents filed by us at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. Our filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov.

We also make available free of charge on our internet website at http://www.eaglerockenergy.com our Annual Reports on Form 10-K and our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with the SEC. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and you should not consider information contained on our website as part of this prospectus.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus may include “forward-looking statements” as defined by the SEC. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this prospectus that address activities, events or developments that we expect, believe or anticipate will or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. These statements are based on certain assumptions made by us based on our experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. Such statements are subject to a number of assumptions, risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, which may cause our actual results to differ materially from those implied or expressed by the forward-looking statements. We do not assume any obligation to update such forward-looking statements following the date of this prospectus. For a complete description of these risks, see our risk factors set forth in this prospectus and in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and Quarterly Reports for the quarters ended March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, or included in any Annual or Quarterly Report on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q filed after the date of this prospectus, which are incorporated into this prospectus. These factors include but are not limited to:

•  Drilling and exploration risks;

•  Assumptions underlying oil and natural gas reserve levels;

•  Commodity prices;

•  Hedging activities;

•  Ability to obtain credit and access capital markets;

•  Conditions in the securities and/or capital markets;

•  Future processing volumes and throughput;

•  Loss of significant customers;

•  Availability and cost of processing and transportation;

iii

•  Competition in the oil and natural gas industry;

•  Relevant legislative or regulatory changes, including retroactive royalty or production tax regimes, changes in environmental regulation, environmental risks and liability under federal, state and foreign environmental laws and regulations;

•  Ability to make favorable acquisitions and integrate operations from such acquisitions;

•  Shortages of personnel and equipment;

•  Increases in interest rates;

•  Creditworthiness of our counterparties;

•  Weather, including the occurrence of any adverse weather conditions and/or natural disasters affecting our business;

•  Any other factors that impact or could impact the exploration of oil or natural gas resources, including but not limited to the geology of a resource, the total amount and costs to develop recoverable reserves, legal title, regulatory, natural gas administration, marketing and operations factors relating to the extraction of oil and natural gas; and

•  Tax risk associated with pass-through investment, including potential increase in the ratio of a unitholders taxable income to distributions or creation of phantom income in the event distributions are not enough to support the tax burden.

iv

ABOUT EAGLE ROCK ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.

Overview

We are based in the United States and are a domestically-focused, growth-oriented limited partnership engaged in the business of (i) gathering, compressing, treating, processing and transporting natural gas; fractionating and transporting natural gas liquids (“NGLs”); and marketing natural gas, condensate and NGLs, which collectively we call our “Midstream Business”; (ii) acquiring, developing and producing interests in oil and natural gas properties, which we call our “Upstream Business”; and (iii) acquiring and managing fee mineral, overriding royalty and royalty interests, either through direct ownership or through investment in other partnerships, which we call our “Minerals Business.”

Relationship to Natural Gas Partners

We are affiliated with Natural Gas Partners, a leading private equity capital source for the energy industry. Natural Gas Partners owns a significant equity position in Eagle Rock Holdings, L.P., which owns 2,338,419 common units, 20,691,495 subordinated units and all of the equity interests in our general partner (directly and through ownership of all equity interests of our general partner’s general partner), which holds the incentive distribution rights in us. Historically, we have benefited from increased exposure to acquisition opportunities through our affiliation with Natural Gas Partners, including the consummation of several transactions with portfolio companies of Natural Gas Partners. We expect that our relationship with Natural Gas Partners will continue to provide us with several significant benefits, including increased exposure to acquisition opportunities and access to a significant group of transactional and financial professionals with a successful track record of investing in energy assets. Founded in 1988, Natural Gas Partners represents a $7.2 billion family of investment funds organized to make direct equity investments in private energy enterprises.

Management of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.

Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P., our general partner, has sole responsibility for conducting our business and for managing our operations. Because our general partner is a limited partnership, its general partner, Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC, which is owned 100% by Eagle Rock Holdings, L.P. (which we sometimes refer to in this prospectus as “Holdings”), conducts our business and operations, and the board of directors and executive officers of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC make decisions on our behalf. Neither our general partner nor any of its affiliates receive any management fee or other compensation in connection with the management of our business, but they are entitled to reimbursement for all direct and indirect expenses they incur on our behalf.

Neither our general partner nor the board of directors of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC is elected by our unitholders. Unlike shareholders in a publicly traded corporation, our unitholders are not entitled to elect the directors of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC. Because of its ownership of a majority interest in Holdings, Natural Gas Partners has the right to elect all of the members of the board of directors of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC. References herein to the officers or directors of our general partner refer to the officers and directors of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC. In addition, certain references to our general partner refer to Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P. and Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC, collectively.

As is common with publicly traded limited partnerships and in order to maximize operational flexibility, we conduct our operations through subsidiaries.

Principal Executive Offices and Internet Address

Our principal executive offices are located at 16701 Greenspoint Park Drive, Suite 200, Houston, TX 77060 and our telephone number is (281) 408-1200. Our website is located at www.eaglerockenergy.com. We make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC, available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

1

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement and the information that we have incorporated herein by reference in evaluating an investment in Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. If any of the following risks were actually to occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common units, partnership securities, or debt securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. When we offer and sell any securities pursuant to a prospectus supplement, we may include additional risk factors relevant to such securities in the prospectus supplement.

We hereby incorporate by this reference all of our risk factors included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and Quarterly Reports for the quarters ended March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, or included in any Annual or Quarterly Report on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q filed after the date of this prospectus, including but not limited to risks relating to our business, risks inherent in an investment in us, and tax risks to common unitholders.

Risks Related to Debt Securities

We have a holding company structure in which our subsidiaries conduct our operations and own our operating assets.

We are a holding company, and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the partnership interests and the other equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make required payments on our debt securities depends on the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, our existing credit facility and applicable state partnership laws and other laws and regulations. If we are unable to obtain the funds necessary to pay the principal amount at the maturity of our debt securities, or to repurchase our debt securities upon an occurrence of a change in control, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as a refinancing of our debt securities. We cannot assure you that we would be able to refinance our debt securities.

We do not have the same flexibility as other types of organizations to accumulate cash which may limit cash available to service our debt securities or to repay them at maturity.

Subject to the limitations on restricted payments contained in the indenture governing our debt securities and in our credit facility and other indebtedness, we distribute all of our “available cash” each quarter to our limited partners and our general partner. “Available cash” is defined in our partnership agreement, and it generally means, for each fiscal quarter, all cash on hand at the end of that quarter:

•  less the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to:

• provide for the proper conduct of our business;

• comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other agreements; or

•  provide funds for distributions to our unitholders and to our general partner for any one or more of the next four quarters;

•  plus, if our general partner so determines, all or a portion of cash on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter.

As a result, we do not accumulate significant amounts of cash and thus do not have the same flexibility as corporations or other entities that do not pay dividends or have complete flexibility regarding the amounts they will distribute to their equity holders. The timing and amount of our distributions could significantly reduce the cash available to pay the principal, premium (if any) and interest on our debt securities. The board of directors of our managing general partner will determine the amount and timing of such distributions and

2

has broad discretion to establish and make additions to our reserves or the reserves of our operating subsidiaries as it determines are necessary or appropriate.

Although our payment obligations to our unitholders are subordinate to our payment obligations to you, the value of our units will decrease in correlation with decreases in the amount we distribute per unit. Accordingly, if we experience a liquidity problem in the future, we may not be able to issue equity to recapitalize.

The subsidiary guarantees could be deemed fraudulent conveyances under certain circumstances, and a court may try to subordinate or void the subsidiary guarantees.

Under U.S. bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a guarantee can be voided, or claims under a guarantee may be subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor if, among other things, the guarantor, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its guarantee:

•  intended to hinder, delay or defraud any present or future creditor or received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of the guarantee;

•  was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence;

•  was engaged in a business or transaction for which the guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

•  intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay those debts as they mature.

In addition, any payment by that guarantor under a guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to the guarantor or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the guarantor. The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a subsidiary guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

•  the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets; or

•  it could not pay its debts as they became due.

3

USE OF PROCEEDS

Unless otherwise indicated to the contrary in an accompanying prospectus supplement, we will use the net proceeds from the sale of the securities covered by this prospectus for general partnership purposes, which may include debt repayment, future acquisitions, capital expenditures and additions to working capital.

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The table below sets forth the Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges for us for the periods indicated. On October 26, 2006, we completed our initial public offering whereby we became successor to the business of Eagle Rock Pipeline, L.P. As such, the periods ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 reflect the financial results of Eagle Rock Pipeline, L.P., and the periods ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 reflect the financial results of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.

	Predecessor		Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.
						Nine Months
						Ended
	Year Ended December 31					September 30,
	2004	2005	2006	2007	2008	2009
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges	—(a)	1.67x	0.29x(a)	—(a)	3.10x	—(a)

(a) Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $1.21 million, $22.08 million, $145.77 million and $101.98 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2006 and 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009, respectively.

For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings are defined as earnings (loss) from pre-tax income from continuing operations before adjustment for income from equity investees, plus fixed charges and distributed income of equity investees. Fixed charges consist of interest expense on all indebtedness, the amortization of deferred financing costs, interest expense related to the write-off of deferred financing costs and interest associated with operating leases.

4

OUR CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

You should read the following discussion of our cash distribution policy in conjunction with the specific assumptions included in this section or in the information incorporated into this prospectus. In addition, you should read “Forward-Looking Statements” on page iii and “Risk Factors” starting on page 2 for information regarding statements that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and certain risks inherent in our business.

For additional information regarding our operating results, you should refer to our financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and Quarterly Reports for the quarters ended March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, or included in any Annual or Quarterly Reports on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q filed after the date of this prospectus, which are incorporated into this prospectus.

The discussion in this section uses our ownership percentages as of September 30, 2009.

General

Rationale for Our Cash Distribution Policy.  Our cash distribution policy reflects a basic judgment that, generally, our common unitholders will be better served by our distributing our cash available after expenses and reserves rather than retaining it. Because we are not subject to an entity-level federal income tax, we have more cash to distribute to you than would be the case were we subject to tax. Our cash distribution policy is consistent with the terms of our partnership agreement, which requires that we distribute all of our available cash quarterly.

Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy.  There is no guarantee that unitholders will receive quarterly distributions from us. Our cash distribution policy may be changed at any time and is subject to certain restrictions, including the following:

•  Restrictions contained in our credit facility limit our ability to make distributions. Specifically, our credit facility contains material financial tests and covenants that we must satisfy. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, contains a description of our credit facility. Should we be unable to satisfy these restrictions or if we are otherwise in default under our credit facility, we would be prohibited from making cash distributions to you notwithstanding our stated cash distribution policy.

•  The board of directors of our general partner will have the authority to make all determinations related to the reimbursement of expenses incurred by the general partner and its affiliates and the establishment of reserves for the prudent conduct of our business and for future cash distributions to our unitholders. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will be entitled to make these determinations subject only to the requirement that it act in good faith. The reimbursement of expenses incurred by our general partner and its affiliates and the establishment of those reserves could result in a reduction in cash distributions to you from levels we currently anticipate pursuant to our stated distribution policy.

•  Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions we pay under our cash distribution policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement.

•  Under Section 17-607 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, we may not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets.

•  We may lack sufficient cash to pay distributions to our unitholders due to increases in our general and administrative expense, principal and interest payments on our outstanding debt, tax expenses including the entity-level taxation in the State of Texas, working capital requirements and anticipated cash needs.

Our Ability to Grow is Dependent on Our Ability to Access External Expansion Capital.  Our intention is to distribute all of our available cash to our unitholders; however, from time to time Holdings, the holder of

5

our subordinated units, may waive its right to distributions on the subordinated units or our general partner may determine a reduced distribution is necessary. As a result, we expect that we will rely primarily upon external financing sources, including commercial bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund our acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures. To the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow. In addition, because we generally distribute all of our available cash, our growth may not be as fast as businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement or our credit facility on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest expense, which in turn may impact the available cash that we have to distribute to our unitholders.

Our Distribution Rate

Provided we have sufficient available cash and will have in the near term, our board of directors has adopted a policy pursuant to which we will declare a quarterly distribution equal to at least the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3625 per common unit, subordinated unit, and general partner unit per complete quarter (or $1.45 per unit per year on an annualized basis), which quarterly distribution will be paid no later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter. For the quarters ended March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, our board of directors determined that we did not have sufficient available cash to distribute the minimum quarterly distribution, and reduced the quarterly distribution in each quarter to $0.025 per common unit. We anticipate that our board of directors will continue this strategy until such time as commodity prices impacting our business and the general economy return to levels conducive to increasing the cash distributions to be paid to our unitholders. Our failure to pay the minimum quarterly distribution during the two most recently-completed fiscal quarters and whether we pay the minimum quarterly distribution in the future will be used to determine when the subordination period ends with respect to our subordinated units, described below.

Available cash, for any quarter, consists of all cash on hand at the end of that quarter:

•  less the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to:

• provide for the proper conduct of our business;

• comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other agreements; or

•  provide funds for distributions to our unitholders and to our general partner for any one or more of the next four quarters;

•  plus, if our general partner so determines, all or a portion of cash on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter.

Our ability to make cash distributions pursuant to this policy will be subject to the factors described above under the caption “— Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy.”

The subordination period relating to our subordinated units will end on the first business day after we have earned and paid at least $1.45 (the minimum quarterly distribution on an annualized basis) on each outstanding limited partner unit and general partner unit for any three consecutive, non-overlapping four quarter periods ending on or after September 30, 2009.

Alternatively, the subordination period will end on the first business day after we have earned and paid at least $0.5438 per quarter (150% of the minimum quarterly distribution, which is $2.175 on an annualized basis) on each outstanding limited partner unit and general partner unit for any four consecutive quarters ending on or after September 30, 2007.

6

In addition, the subordination period will end if our general partner is removed without cause and the units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal. When the subordination period ends, all remaining subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and the common units will no longer be entitled to arrearages. Please read the “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — Subordination Period.”

If distributions on our common units are not paid with respect to any fiscal quarter at the minimum distribution rate, our unitholders will not be entitled to receive such payments in the future except that, to the extent we have available cash in any future quarter during the subordination period in excess of the amount necessary to make cash distributions to holders of our common units at the minimum distribution rate, we will use this excess available cash to pay these deficiencies related to prior quarters before any cash distribution is made to holders of subordinated units. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, we did not pay the full minimum quarterly distribution amount. With the payment of the third quarter distribution on November 13, 2009, the cumulative common unit arrearage increased to $1.0125 per common unit. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — Subordination Period.”

We do not have a legal obligation to pay distributions at our minimum distribution rate or at any other rate except as provided in our partnership agreement. Our distribution policy is consistent with the terms of our partnership agreement, which requires that we distribute all of our available cash quarterly. Our general partner has the authority to determine the amount of our available cash for any quarter. Our partnership agreement provides that certain determinations made by our general partner in its capacity as our general partner, including determinations of available cash and expenses and the establishment of reserves, must be made in good faith and that such determination will not be subject to any other standard imposed by our partnership agreement, the Delaware limited partnership statute or any other law, rule or regulation or principles of equity. Our partnership agreement provides that, in order for a determination by our general partner to be made in “good faith,” our general partner must believe that the determination is in our best interests. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.”

The provisions of our partnership agreement relating to our cash distribution policy may not be modified or repealed without amending our partnership agreement; however, the actual amount of our cash distributions for any quarter is subject to fluctuations based on the amount of cash we generate from our business and the amount of reserves our general partner establishes in accordance with our partnership agreement as described above.

Our general partner is entitled to 1.10% of all distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. The general partner’s 1.10% interest in these distributions may be reduced if we issue additional units in the future and our general partner does not elect to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 1.10% general partner interest.

We will pay our distributions on or about the 15th of each February, May, August and November to holders of record on or about the 7th of each such month. If the distribution date does not fall on a business day, we will make the distribution on the business day immediately preceding the indicated distribution date.

7

PROVISIONS OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH DISTRIBUTIONS

Set forth below is a summary of the significant provisions of our partnership agreement that relate to cash distributions.

Distributions of Available Cash

General.  Our partnership agreement requires that, within 45 days after the end of each quarter, we distribute all of our available cash to unitholders of record on the applicable record date.

Definition of Available Cash.  Available cash, for any quarter, consists of all cash on hand at the end of that quarter:

•  less the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to:

• provide for the proper conduct of our business;

• comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other agreements; or

•  provide funds for distributions to our unitholders and to our general partner for any one or more of the next four quarters;

•  plus, if our general partner so determines, all or a portion of cash on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter.

Intent to Distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution.  To the extent we have sufficient cash from our operations after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner, we intend to distribute to the holders of common units and subordinated units on a quarterly basis at least the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3625 per unit, or $1.45 per year. In making the distribution decision for the first, second and third quarters of 2009, however, our board of directors determined that we did not have sufficient available cash to distribute the minimum quarterly distribution, and reduced the quarterly distribution in each quarter to $0.025 per common unit to establish cash reserves (as against available cash) for the proper conduct of our business and to enhance our ability to remain in compliance with financial covenants under our revolving credit facility in future periods. The cash not distributed has been used to reduce our outstanding debt under our revolving credit facility. Future cash not distributed will be used to reduce our outstanding debt, to continue the execution of our hedge strategy to maintain future cash flows and/or to fund growth capital expenditures. We anticipate that the board of directors will continue this strategy until such time as commodity prices impacting our business and the general economy return to levels conducive to increasing the cash distributions to be paid to our unitholders.

There is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the units in any quarter. Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions paid under our policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our general partner, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement. We anticipate that we will be prohibited from making any distributions to unitholders if it would cause an event of default, or an event of default is existing, under our credit agreement. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Capital Requirements — Revolving Credit Facility” in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, for a discussion of the restrictions included in our credit agreement that may restrict our ability to make distributions.

General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights.  As of September 30, 2009, our general partner is entitled to 1.10% of all quarterly distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. This general partner interest is represented by 844,551 general partner units. Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its current general partner interest. The general partner’s 1.10% interest in these distributions may be reduced if we issue additional units in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 1.10% general partner interest.

8

Our general partner also currently holds incentive distribution rights that entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 48%, of the cash we distribute from operating surplus (as defined below) in excess of $0.4169 per unit per quarter in addition to its general partner interest. The maximum distribution of 48% does not include any distributions that our general partner may otherwise receive on units that it owns, including the general partner units.

Holdings, which owns all of the equity interests in our general partner (either directly or through ownership of all of the equity interests in our general partner’s general partner), has assigned a 39.39% economic interest in the incentive distribution rights to Montierra Minerals & Production, L.P.

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

General.  All cash distributed to unitholders will be characterized as either “operating surplus” or “capital surplus.” Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute available cash from operating surplus differently than available cash from capital surplus.

Operating Surplus.  Operating surplus consists of:

•  an amount equal to four times the amount needed for any one quarter for us to pay a distribution on all of our units (including the general partner units) and the incentive distribution rights at the same per-unit amount as was distributed in the immediately preceding quarter; plus

•  all of our cash receipts after the closing of our initial public offering, excluding cash from borrowings, sales of equity and debt securities, sales or other dispositions of assets outside the ordinary course of business, the termination of interest rate swap agreements, capital contributions or corporate reorganizations or restructurings; less

•  all of our operating expenditures after the closing of our initial public offering, including maintenance capital expenditures, but excluding the repayment of borrowings (other than working capital borrowings) and growth capital expenditures or transaction expenses (including taxes) related to interim capital transactions; less

•  the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner to provide funds for future operating expenditures.

Any increase in operating surplus pursuant to the first bullet point under the caption “— Operating Surplus” above in respect of an increase in the quarterly distribution rate per unit, an increase in the number of units outstanding or other action with respect to outstanding units shall only be effective from and after the quarter in which such increase or other action occurs, and shall not be effective retroactively. In addition, the maximum amount included in operating surplus pursuant to such first bullet point during the term of the partnership shall not exceed four times the amount needed for any one quarter to pay a distribution on all of our units (including general partner units) and the incentive distribution rights at the highest distribution rate per unit (as adjusted for any split or combination of units) paid on outstanding units as of the date such determination is made.

Maintenance capital expenditures represent capital expenditures made to replace partially or fully depreciated assets, to maintain the existing production levels or operating capacity of our assets and to extend their useful lives, or other capital expenditures that are incurred in maintaining existing equity or system volumes and related cash flows. Growth capital expenditures represent capital expenditures made to expand or to increase the efficiency of the existing production or operating capacity of our assets or to expand the operating capacity or revenues of existing or new assets, whether through construction or acquisition. Costs for repairs and minor renewals to maintain facilities in operating condition and that do not extend the useful life of existing assets or lease operating costs associated with our upstream operations will be treated as operations and maintenance expenses as we incur them. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner determines how to allocate a capital expenditure for the acquisition or expansion of our assets between maintenance capital expenditures and expansion capital expenditures.

9

Capital Surplus.  Capital surplus consists of:

•  borrowings;

•  sales of our equity and debt securities; and

•  sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other current assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirement or replacement of assets.

Characterization of Cash Distributions.  Our partnership agreement requires that we treat all available cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash distributed since the closing of our initial public offering equals the operating surplus as of the most recent date of determination of available cash. Our partnership agreement requires that we treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus, regardless of its source, as capital surplus. As reflected above, operating surplus includes an amount equal to four times the amount needed for any one quarter for us to pay a distribution on all of our units (including the general partner units and restricted common units granted under our Long Term Incentive Plan) and the incentive distribution rights at the same per-unit amount as was distributed in the immediately preceding quarter. This amount does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders. Rather, it is a provision that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus up to this amount of cash we receive in the future from non-operating sources, such as borrowings, issuances of securities, and asset sales, that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus. The characterization of cash distributions as operating surplus versus capital surplus does not result in a different impact to unitholders for federal tax purposes. Please read “Material Tax Consequences — Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership — Treatment of Distributions” for a discussion of the tax treatment of cash distributions.

Subordination Period

General.  Our partnership agreement provides that, during the subordination period (which we define below), the common units have the right to receive distributions of available cash from operating surplus each quarter in an amount equal to $0.3625 per common unit, which amount is defined in our partnership agreement as the minimum quarterly distribution, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions of available cash from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009, we did not pay the full minimum quarterly distribution amount. With the payment of the third quarter distribution on November 13, 2009, the cumulative common unit arrearage increased to $1.0125 per common unit. These units are deemed “subordinated” because for a period of time, referred to as the subordination period, the subordinated units will not be entitled to receive any distributions until the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages from prior quarters. Furthermore, no arrearages will be paid on the subordinated units. The practical effect of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash to be distributed on the common units.

Subordination Period.  The subordination period will extend until the first business day after each of the following tests are met:

•  distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common units, subordinated units and general partner units equaled or exceeded the minimum quarterly distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;

•  the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distributions on all of the outstanding common and subordinated units and general partner units during those periods; and

•  there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

10

Alternatively, the subordination period will end the first business day after the following tests are met:

•  distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common and subordinated units equaled or exceeded $0.5438 per quarter (150% of the minimum quarterly distribution) for the four-quarter period immediately preceding the date;

•  the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during the four-quarter period immediately preceding the date equaled or exceeded the sum of $0.5438 (150% of the minimum quarterly distribution) on each of the outstanding common and subordinated units during that period on a fully diluted basis and on the related general partner interest during those periods; and

•  there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distributions on the common units.

When the subordination period ends, each outstanding subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will then participate pro-rata with the other common units in distributions of available cash. Further, if the unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause and no units held by our general partner and its affiliates are voted in favor of such removal:

•  the subordination period will end and each subordinated unit will immediately convert into one common unit;

•  any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and

•  our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner units and its incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests.

Adjusted Operating Surplus.  Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior periods. Adjusted operating surplus consists of:

•  operating surplus generated with respect to that period (excluding any amounts attributable to the item described in the first bullet point under “— Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus — Operating Surplus” above); plus

•  any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for operating expenditures initially established with respect to that period; less

•  any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period not relating to an operating expenditure made with respect to that period; plus

•  any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium.

Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus during the Subordination Period

Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter during the subordination period in the following manner (assuming a 1.10% general partner interest):

•  first, 98.90% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 1.10% to the general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

•  second, 98.90% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 1.10% to the general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters during the subordination period;

11

•  third, 98.90% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 1.10% to the general partner, until we distribute for each subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

•  thereafter, in the manner described in “General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our general partner maintains its 1.10% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus after the Subordination Period

Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter after the subordination period in the following manner (assuming a 1.10% general partner interest):

•  first, 98.90% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 1.10% to the general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

•  thereafter, in the manner described in “General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our general partner maintains its 1.10% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will be entitled to 1.10% of all distributions, as of September 30, 2009, that we make prior to our liquidation. Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 1.10% general partner interest if we issue additional units. Our general partner’s 1.10% interest, and the percentage of our cash distributions to which it is entitled, may be proportionately reduced as we issue additional units in the future and as our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us in order to maintain its then current general partner interest. Our general partner will be entitled to make a capital contribution in order to maintain its then current general partner interest in the form of the contribution to us of common units based on the current market value of the contributed common units.

Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing percentage (13%, 23% and 48%) of quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. Our general partner currently holds the incentive distribution rights, but may transfer these rights separately from its general partner interest, subject to restrictions in the partnership agreement.

The following discussion assumes that the general partner maintains its 1.10% general partner interest, that there are no arrearages on common units and that the general partner continues to own the incentive distribution rights.

If for any quarter:

•  we have distributed available cash from operating surplus to the common and subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution; and

•  we have distributed available cash from operating surplus on outstanding common units in an amount necessary to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution; then, our partnership agreement requires that we distribute any additional available cash from operating

12

surplus for that quarter among the unitholders and the general partner in the following manner (assuming a 1.10% general partner interest):

•  first, 98.90% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 1.10% to the general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of $0.4169 per unit for that quarter (the “first target distribution”);

•  second, 85.90% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 14.10% to the general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of $0.4531 per unit for that quarter (the “second target distribution”);

•  third, 75.90% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 24.10% to the general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of $0.5438 per unit for that quarter (the “third target distribution”); and

•  thereafter, 50.90% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 49.10% to the general partner.

Holdings, which owns all of the equity interests in our general partner (either directly or through ownership of all of the equity interests in our general partner’s general partner), has assigned a 39.39% economic interest in the incentive distribution rights to Montierra Minerals & Production, L.P.

Percentage Allocations of Available Cash from Operating Surplus

The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders and our general partner based on the specified target distribution levels. The amounts set forth under “Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions” are the percentage interests of our general partner and the unitholders in any available cash from operating surplus we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in the column “Total Quarterly Distribution Per Unit,” until available cash from operating surplus we distribute reaches the next target distribution level, if any. The percentage interests shown for the unitholders and the general partner for the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly distribution. The percentage interests set forth below for our general partner include its 1.10% general partner interest and assume our general partner has contributed any additional capital to maintain its 1.10% general partner interest and has not transferred its incentive distribution rights.

		Marginal Percentage Interest in
		Distributions*
	Total Quarterly Distribution				General
	per Unit Target Amount	Unitholders			Partner
Minimum Quarterly Distribution	$0.3625		98.90	%		1.10	%
First Target Distribution	up to $0.4169		98.90	%		1.10	%
Second Target Distribution	above $0.4169 up to $0.4531		85.90	%		14.10	%
Third Target Distribution	above $0.4531 up to $0.5438		75.90	%		24.10	%
Thereafter	above $0.5438		50.90	%		49.10	%

* Assuming there are no arrearages on common units and that our general partner maintains its 1.10% general partner interest and continues to own the incentive distribution rights.

Distributions from Capital Surplus

How Distributions from Capital Surplus Will Be Made.  Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of available cash from capital surplus, if any, in the following manner (assuming a 1.10% general partner interest):

•  first, 98.90% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 1.10% to the general partner, until we distribute for each common unit that was issued in our initial public offering, an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to the initial public offering price;

•  second, 98.90% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 1.10% to the general partner, until we distribute for each common unit, an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and

13

•  thereafter, we will make all distributions of available cash from capital surplus as if they were from operating surplus.

Effect of a Distribution from Capital Surplus.  Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the initial unit price from the initial public offering, which is a return of capital. The initial public offering price less any distributions of capital surplus per unit is referred to as the “unrecovered initial unit price.” Each time a distribution of capital surplus is made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as the corresponding reduction in the unrecovered initial unit price. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for the general partner to receive incentive distributions and for the subordinated units to convert into common units. However, any distribution of capital surplus before the unrecovered initial unit price is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.

Once we distribute capital surplus on a unit issued in our initial public offering in an amount equal to the initial unit price, our partnership agreement specifies that the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced to zero. Our partnership agreement specifies that we then make all future distributions from operating surplus, with 50% being paid to the holders of units and 50% to the general partner. The percentage interests shown for our general partner assumes its 1.10% general partner interest and assume the general partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital surplus, if we combine our units into fewer units or subdivide our units into a greater number of units, our partnership agreement specifies that the following items will be proportionately adjusted:

•  the minimum quarterly distribution;

•  target distribution levels;

•  the unrecovered initial unit price;

•  the number of common units issuable during the subordination period without a unitholder vote; and

•  the number of common units into which a subordinated unit is convertible.

For example, if a two-for-one split of the common units should occur, the minimum quarterly distribution, the target distribution levels and the unrecovered initial unit price would each be reduced to 50% of its initial level, the number of common units issuable during the subordination period without unitholder vote would double and each subordinated unit would be convertible into two common units. Our partnership agreement provides that we not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of additional units for cash or property.

In addition, if legislation is enacted or if existing law is modified or interpreted by a governmental taxing authority, so that we become taxable as a corporation or otherwise subject to taxation as an entity for federal, state or local income tax purposes, our partnership agreement specifies that the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels for each quarter may be reduced by multiplying each distribution level by a fraction, the numerator of which is available cash for that quarter and the denominator of which is the sum of available cash for that quarter plus the general partner’s estimate of our aggregate liability for the quarter for such income taxes payable by reason of such legislation or interpretation. To the extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated tax liability for any quarter, the difference will be accounted for in subsequent quarters.

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

General.  If we dissolve in accordance with the partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to the payment of our creditors. We will distribute any remaining proceeds to the unitholders and the general partner, in

14

accordance with their capital account balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of our assets in liquidation.

The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended, to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of outstanding common units to a preference over the holders of outstanding subordinated units upon our liquidation, to the extent required to permit common unitholders to receive their unrecovered initial unit price plus the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which liquidation occurs plus any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units. However, there may not be sufficient gain upon our liquidation to enable the holders of common units to fully recover all of these amounts, even though there may be cash available for distribution to the holders of subordinated units. Any further net gain recognized upon liquidation will be allocated in a manner that takes into account the incentive distribution rights of the general partner.

Manner of Adjustments for Gain.  The manner of the adjustment for gain is set forth in the partnership agreement. If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will allocate any gain to the partners in the following manner (assuming a 1.10% general partner interest):

•  first, to the general partner and the holders of units who have negative balances in their capital accounts to the extent of and in proportion to those negative balances;

•  second, 98.90% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 1.10% to the general partner, until the capital account for each common unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the unrecovered initial unit price; (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs; and (3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

•  third, 98.90% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 1.10% to the general partner until the capital account for each subordinated unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the unrecovered initial unit price; and (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs;

•  fourth, 98.90% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 1.10% to the general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the first target distribution per unit over the minimum quarterly distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution per unit that we distributed 98.90% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 1.10% to the general partner, for each quarter of our existence;

•  fifth, 85.90% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 14.10% to the general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the second target distribution per unit over the first target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the first target distribution per unit that we distributed 85.90% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 14.10% to the general partner for each quarter of our existence;

•  sixth, 75.90% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 24.10% to the general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the third target distribution per unit over the second target distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the second target distribution per unit that we distributed 75.90% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 24.10% to the general partner for each quarter of our existence; and

•  thereafter, 50.90% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 49.10% to the general partner.

The percentage interests set forth above for our general partner assume its 1.10% general partner interest and assume the general partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.

15

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that clause (3) of the second bullet point above and all of the third bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

Manner of Adjustments for Losses.  If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period, we will generally allocate any loss to the general partner and the unitholders in the following manner (assuming a 1.10% general partner interest):

•  first, 98.90% to holders of subordinated units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts and 1.10% to the general partner, until the capital accounts of the subordinated unitholders have been reduced to zero;

•  second, 98.90% to the holders of common units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts and 1.10% to the general partner, until the capital accounts of the common unitholders have been reduced to zero; and

•  thereafter, 100% to the general partner.

If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination period, the distinction between common units and subordinated units will disappear, so that all of the first bullet point above will no longer be applicable.

Adjustments to Capital Accounts.  Our partnership agreement requires that we make adjustments to capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units. In this regard, our partnership agreement specifies that we allocate any unrealized and, for tax purposes, unrecognized gain or loss resulting from the adjustments to the unitholders and the general partner in the same manner as we allocate gain or loss upon liquidation. In the event that we make positive adjustments to the capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units, our partnership agreement requires that we allocate any later negative adjustments to the capital accounts resulting from the issuance of additional units or upon our liquidation in a manner which results, to the extent possible, in the general partner’s capital account balances equaling the amount which they would have been if no earlier positive adjustments to the capital accounts had been made.

16

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between our general partner and its affiliates (for purposes of this section, including Eagle Rock Holdings, L.P. and its owners and Montierra Minerals & Production, L.P. and its owners) on the one hand, and our partnership and our limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and officers of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owners. At the same time, Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC and our general partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our partnership in a manner beneficial to us and our unitholders.

Whenever a conflict arises between our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or any other partner, on the other hand, our general partner will resolve that conflict. Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and limit our general partner’s fiduciary duties to our unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

Our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations under the partnership agreement or its fiduciary duties to us or our unitholders if the resolution of the conflict is:

•  approved by the conflicts committee of our general partner, although our general partner is not obligated to seek such approval;

•  approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner or any of its affiliates;

•  on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or

•  fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships among the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us.

Our general partner may, but is not required to, seek the approval of such resolution from the conflicts committee of its board of directors. In connection with a situation involving a conflict of interest, any determination by our general partner involving the resolution of the conflict of interest must be made in good faith, provided that, if our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee and its board of directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the third and fourth bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our partnership agreement, our general partner or the conflicts committee may consider any factors it determines in good faith to consider when resolving a conflict. When our partnership agreement provides that someone act in good faith, it requires that person to reasonably believe he is acting in the best interests of the partnership.

Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described below, among others.

Transactions with NGP Affiliates.

Our general partner’s affiliates may engage in competition with us.

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will be restricted from engaging in any business activities other than those incidental to its ownership of interests in us. Except as provided in our partnership agreement, the owners of our general partner are not prohibited from engaging in, and are not required to offer us the opportunity to engage in, other businesses or activities, including those that might be in direct competition with us.

17

Our general partner and its affiliates are allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us in resolving conflicts of interest.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner and its affiliates to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our affiliates or any limited partner. Examples include its limited call right, its voting rights with respect to the units it owns, its registration rights and its determination whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership.

We will not have any employees and will rely on the employees of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC and its affiliates.

Affiliates of our general partner and Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC may conduct businesses and activities of their own in which we will have no economic interest. If these separate activities are significantly greater than our activities, there could be material competition for the time and effort of the officers and employees who provide services to Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC and its affiliates.

In addition to limiting its liability and reducing its fiduciary duties, our general partner has also restricted the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that, without such limitations, might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

In addition to the provisions described above, our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty. For example, our partnership agreement:

•  provides that the general partner shall not have any liability to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general partner so long as it acted in good faith, meaning it believed that the decision was in the best interests of our partnership;

•  generally provides that affiliated transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest not approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC and not involving a vote of unitholders must be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or be “fair and reasonable” to us, as determined by the general partner in good faith, and that, in determining whether a transaction or resolution is “fair and reasonable,” Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC may consider the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly advantageous or beneficial to us; and

•  provides that our general partner and Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC and their officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us, our limited partners or assignees for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or those other persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct.

Except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder approval.

Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has full power and authority to do all things, other than those items that require unitholder approval or with respect to which our general partner has sought

18

conflicts committee approval, on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct our business including, but not limited to, the following:

•  the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into our securities, and the incurring of any other obligations;

•  the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of our securities, or the issuance of additional options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to our securities;

•  the mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of our assets;

•  the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments;

•  the distribution of our cash;

•  the selection and dismissal of employees and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

•  the maintenance of insurance for our benefit and the benefit of our partners;

•  the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, the contribution of property to, and the making of loans to, any limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other relationships;

•  the control of any matters affecting our rights and obligations, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;

•  the indemnification of any person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

•  the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over our business or assets; and

•  the entering into of agreements with any of its affiliates to render services to us or to itself in the discharge of its duties as our general partner.

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner must act in “good faith” when making decisions on our behalf, and our partnership agreement further provides that in order for a determination by our general partner to be made in “good faith,” our general partner must believe that the determination is in our best interests. Please read “The Partnership Agreement — Voting Rights” for information regarding matters that require unitholder approval.

Our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales, capital expenditures, borrowings, issuance of additional partnership securities and the creation, reduction or increase of reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders.

The amount of cash that is available for distribution to unitholders is affected by decisions of our general partner regarding such matters as:

•  amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;

•  cash expenditures;

•  borrowings;

•  the issuance of additional units; and

•  the creation, reduction or increase of reserves in any quarter.

In addition, our general partner may use an amount, as of the date of this prospectus equal to $126.7 million, which would not otherwise constitute available cash from operating surplus, in order to permit the payment of cash distributions on its units and incentive distribution rights. All of these actions may affect

19

the amount of cash distributed to our unitholders and the general partner and may facilitate the conversion of subordinated units into common units. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.”

In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by the general partner to our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or effect of:

•  enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive distributions on any subordinated units held by them or the incentive distribution rights; or

•  hastening the expiration of the subordination period.

For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and our subordinated units, our partnership agreement permits us to borrow funds, which would enable us to make this distribution on all outstanding units. Please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Related to Cash Distributions — Subordination Period.”

Our partnership agreement provides that we and our subsidiaries may borrow funds from our general partner and its affiliates. Our general partner and its affiliates may not borrow funds from us, our operating company, or its operating subsidiaries.

Our general partner determines which costs incurred by it or Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC are reimbursable by us.

We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for costs incurred in managing and operating us, including costs incurred in rendering corporate staff and support services to us. The partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine the expenses that are allocable to us in good faith.

Our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered to us or entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf.

Our partnership agreement allows our general partner to determine, in good faith, any amounts to pay itself or its affiliates for any services rendered to us. Our general partner may also enter into additional contractual arrangements with any of its affiliates on our behalf. Neither our partnership agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts or arrangements between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other hand, that went into effect as of the closing of our initial public offering were the result of arm’s-length negotiations. Similarly, agreements, contracts or arrangements between us and our general partner and its affiliates that are entered into in the future will not be required to be negotiated on an arm’s-length basis; although, in some circumstances, our general partner may determine that the conflicts committee of our general partner may make a determination on our behalf with respect to one or more of these types of situations.

Our general partner and its affiliates will have no obligation to permit us to use any facilities or assets of our general partner or its affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into specifically dealing with that use. There is no obligation of our general partner or its affiliates to enter into any contracts of this kind.

Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our obligations.

Our general partner intends to limit its liability under contractual arrangements so that the other party has recourse only to our assets, and not against our general partner or its assets. The partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our general partner to limit its liability is not a breach of our general partner’s fiduciary duties, even if we could have obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on liability.

20

Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase common units if it and its affiliates own more than 80% of the common units.

Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase common units as provided in the partnership agreement or assign this right to one of its affiliates or to us. Our general partner is not bound by fiduciary duty restrictions in determining whether to exercise this right. As a result, a common unitholder may have his common units purchased from him at an undesirable time or price. Please read “The Partnership Agreement — Limited Call Right.”

Common unitholders will have no right to enforce obligations of our general partner and its affiliates under agreements with us.

Any agreements between us on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our favor.

Our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel, accountants or others to perform services for us.

The attorneys, independent accountants and others who have performed services for us regarding these offerings have been retained by our general partner. Attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us are selected by our general partner and may perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the holders of common units in the event of a conflict of interest between our general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or the holders of common units, on the other, depending on the nature of the conflict. We do not intend to do so in most cases.

Fiduciary Duties

Our general partner is accountable to us and our unitholders as a fiduciary. Fiduciary duties owed to unitholders by our general partner are prescribed by law and the partnership agreement. The Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Delaware Act, provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, modify, restrict or expand the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by a general partner to limited partners and the partnership.

Our partnership agreement contains various provisions modifying and restricting the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by our general partner. We have adopted these restrictions to allow our general partner or its affiliates to engage in transactions with us that would otherwise be prohibited by state-law fiduciary duty standards and to take into account the interests of other parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate and necessary because our general partner’s board of directors will have fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owners, as well as to you. Without these modifications, the general partner’s ability to make decisions involving conflicts of interest would be restricted. The modifications to the fiduciary standards enable the general partner to take into consideration all parties involved in the proposed action, so long as the resolution is fair and reasonable to us. These modifications also enable our general partner to attract and retain experienced and capable directors. These modifications are detrimental to our common unitholders because they restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described below, and permit our general partner to take into account the interests of third parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. The following is a summary of the material restrictions of the fiduciary duties owed by our general partner to the limited partners:

State-law fiduciary duty standards Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty. The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general partner to act for the partnership in the same manner as a prudent person would act on his own behalf. The duty of loyalty, in the absence of a

21

	provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally prohibit a general partner of a Delaware limited partnership from taking any action or engaging in any transaction where a conflict of interest is present.
	The Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover damages from a third party where a general partner has refused to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general partner to do so is not likely to succeed. In addition, the statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a limited partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to the limited partners.
Partnership agreement modified standards	Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates that might otherwise raise issues about compliance with fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our partnership agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its individual capacity, it must act in “good faith’ and will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law. In addition, when our general partner is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or the unitholders whatsoever. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.
	In addition to the other more specific provisions limiting the obligations of our general partner, our partnership agreement further provides that our general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us, our limited partners or assignees for errors of judgment or for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that the general partner or its officers and directors acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct.
	Special provisions regarding affiliated transactions. Our partnership agreement generally provides that affiliated transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest not involving a vote of unitholders and that are not approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our general partner must be:
	• on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
	• “fair and reasonable” to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us).
	If our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts committee and its board of directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the bullet points above,

22

then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the board of directors, which may include board members affected by the conflict of interest, acted in good faith and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held.

By purchasing our common units, each common unitholder automatically agrees to be bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a limited partner or assignee to sign a partnership agreement does not render the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.

We must indemnify our general partner and its officers, directors, managers and certain other specified persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general partner or these other persons. We must provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. We must also provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings unless our general partner or these other persons acted with knowledge that their conduct was unlawful. Thus, our general partner could be indemnified for its negligent acts if it meets the requirements set forth above. To the extent these provisions purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and, therefore, unenforceable. Please read “The Partnership Agreement — Indemnification.”

23

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our partnership agreement. The form of our partnership agreement is filed as Exhibit 3.1 on our current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 31, 2006. We will provide prospective investors with a copy of our partnership agreement upon request at no charge.

We summarize the following provisions of our partnership agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:

•  with regard to distributions of available cash, please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions;”

•  with regard to the fiduciary duties of our general partner, please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties;”

•  with regard to the transfer of common units, please read “Description of the Common Units — Transfer of Common Units;” and

•  with regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss, please read “Material Tax Consequences.”

Organization and Duration

Our partnership was organized in May 2006 and will have a perpetual existence.

Purpose

Our purpose under the partnership agreement is limited to any business activity that is approved by our general partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized under Delaware law; provided, that our general partner shall not cause us to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the general partner determines would cause us to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes.

Although our general partner has the ability to cause us and our subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the business of acquiring, drilling and producing crude oil, condensate and natural gas; the business of gathering, compressing, treating, processing, transporting and selling natural gas and the business of transporting and selling NGLs, our general partner has no current plans to do so and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. Our general partner is authorized in general to perform all acts it determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry out our purposes and to conduct our business.

Power of Attorney

Each limited partner, and each person who acquires a unit from a unitholder, by accepting the common unit, automatically grants to our general partner and, if appointed, a liquidator, a power of attorney to, among other things, execute and file documents required for our qualification, continuance or dissolution. The power of attorney also grants our general partner the authority to amend, and to make consents and waivers under, our partnership agreement.

Cash Distributions

Our partnership agreement specifies the manner in which we will make cash distributions to holders of our common units and other partnership securities as well as to our general partner in respect of its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights. For a description of these cash distribution provisions, please read “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.”

Capital Contributions

Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under “— Limited Liability.”

24

Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 1.10% general partner interest if we issue additional units. Our general partner’s interest, and the percentage of our cash distributions to which it is entitled, will be proportionately reduced if we issue additional units in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its general partner interest. Our general partner will be entitled to make a capital contribution in order to maintain its general partner interest in the form of the contribution to us of common units based on the current market value of the contributed common units.

Voting Rights

The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for the matters specified below. Matters requiring the approval of a “unit majority” require:

•  during the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding those common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and a majority of the subordinated units, voting as separate classes; and

•  after the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units voting as a class.

In voting their common and subordinated units, our general partner and its affiliates will have no fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners.

Issuance of additional units	No approval right.
Amendment of the partnership agreement	Certain amendments may be made by the general partner without the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally require the approval of a unit majority. Please read “— Amendment of the Partnership Agreement.”
Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets	Unit majority in certain circumstances. Please read “— Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets.”
Dissolution of our partnership	Unit majority. Please read “— Termination and Dissolution.”
Continuation of our business upon dissolution	Unit majority. Please read “— Termination and Dissolution.”
Withdrawal of the general partner	Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our general partner prior to September 30, 2016 in a manner that would cause a dissolution of our partnership. Please read “— Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner.”
Removal of the general partner	Not less than 66 2/3% of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates. Please read “— Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner.”
Transfer of the general partner interest	Our general partner may transfer all, but not less than all, of its general partner interest in us without a vote of our unitholders to an affiliate or another person in connection with its merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets, to such person. The approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by the general partner and its affiliates, is required in other circumstances for a transfer of the

25

	general partner interest to a third party prior to September 30, 2016. See “— Transfer of General Partner Units.”
Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner	No approval required at any time. Please read “ — Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner.”

Limited Liability

Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of the partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital he is obligated to contribute to us for his common units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets. If it were determined, however, that the right, or exercise of the right, by the limited partners as a group:

•  to remove or replace the general partner;

•  to approve some amendments to the partnership agreement; or

•  to take other action under the partnership agreement;

constituted “participation in the control” of our business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as the general partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us who reasonably believe that the limited partner is a general partner. Neither the partnership agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse against the general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of the general partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim in Delaware case law.

Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years. Under the Delaware Act, a substituted limited partner of a limited partnership is liable for the obligations of his assignor to make contributions to the partnership, except that such person is not obligated for liabilities unknown to him at the time he became a limited partner and that could not be ascertained from the partnership agreement.

Our subsidiaries conduct business in three states and we may have subsidiaries that conduct business in other states in the future. Maintenance of our limited liability as a limited partner of the operating partnership may require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which the operating partnership conducts business, including qualifying our subsidiaries to do business there.

Limitations on the liability of limited partners for the obligations of a limited partner have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our partnership interest in our operating partnership or otherwise, it were determined that we were conducting business in any state without compliance with the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace the general partner, to approve some amendments to the partnership agreement, or to take other action under the partnership agreement constituted “participation in the control” of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to the same extent as the general

26

partner under the circumstances. We will operate in a manner that the general partner considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.

Issuance of Additional Securities

Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional partnership securities for the consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our general partner without the approval of the unitholders.

It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the issuance of additional common units, subordinated units or other partnership securities. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing holders of common units in our distributions of available cash. In addition, the issuance of additional common units or other partnership securities may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing holders of common units in our net assets.

In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership securities that, as determined by our general partner, may have special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled. In addition, our partnership agreement does not prohibit the issuance by our subsidiaries of equity securities, which may effectively rank senior to the common units.

Upon issuance of additional partnership securities (other than the issuance of partnership securities issued in connection with a reset of the incentive distribution target levels relating to our general partner’s incentive distribution rights or the issuance of partnership securities upon conversion of outstanding partnership securities), our general partner will be entitled, but not required, to make additional capital contributions to the extent necessary to maintain its general partner interest in us. Our general partner’s interest in us will be reduced if we issue additional units in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its general partner interest. Moreover, our general partner will have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units, subordinated units or other partnership securities whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue those securities to persons other than our general partner and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the percentage interest of the general partner and its affiliates, including such interest represented by common units and subordinated units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The holders of common units will not have preemptive rights to acquire additional common units or other partnership securities.

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

General.  Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below, our general partner is required to seek written approval of the holders of the number of units required to approve the amendment or call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as described below, an amendment must be approved by a unit majority.

Prohibited Amendments.  No amendment may be made that would:

•  enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without its consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner interests so affected; or

•  enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our general partner or any of its affiliates without the consent of our general partner, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.

The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in any of the clauses above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the outstanding

27

units voting together as a single class (including units owned by our general partner and its affiliates). As of September 30, 2009, our general partner and its affiliates owned approximately [     ]% of the outstanding common and subordinated units, including unvested restricted common units currently issued under our 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

No Unitholder Approval.  Our general partner may generally make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner or assignee to reflect:

•  a change in our name, the location of our principal place of our business, our registered agent or our registered office;

•  the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with our partnership agreement;

•  a change that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue our qualification as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither we nor the operating partnership nor any of its subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes;

•  an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel, to prevent us or our general partner or its directors, officers, agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed;

•  an amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the authorization of additional partnership securities or rights to acquire partnership securities, including any amendment that our general partner determines is necessary or appropriate in connection with:

•  the adjustments of the minimum quarterly distribution, first target distribution, second target distribution and third target distribution in connection with the reset of our general partner’s incentive distribution rights as described under “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — General Partner’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels;” or

•  any modification of the incentive distribution rights made in connection with the issuance of additional partnership securities or rights to acquire partnership securities, provided that, any such modifications and related issuance of partnership securities have received approval by a majority of the members of the conflicts committee of our general partner;

•  any amendment expressly permitted in our partnership agreement to be made by our general partner acting alone;

•  an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of our partnership agreement;

•  any amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation by us of, or our investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by our partnership agreement;

•  a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes;

•  conversions into, mergers with or conveyances to another limited liability entity that is newly formed and has no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of the conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives by way of the conversion, merger or conveyance; or

•  any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described in the clauses above.

28

In addition, our general partner may make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner if our general partner determines that those amendments:

•  do not adversely affect the limited partners (or any particular class of limited partners) in any material respect;

•  are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute;

•  are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of limited partner interests or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed for trading;

•  are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our general partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of our partnership agreement; or

•  are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus or the intent of the provisions of our partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated by our partnership agreement.

Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder Approval.  Our general partner will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will not result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners or result in our being treated as an entity for federal income tax purposes in connection with any of the amendments. No other amendments to our partnership agreement will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units voting as a single class unless we first obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of any of our limited partners.

In addition to the above restrictions, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class of outstanding units in relation to other classes of units will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any amendment that reduces the voting percentage required to take any action is required to be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.

Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets

A merger, consolidation or conversion of us requires the prior consent of our general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interest of us or the limited partners.

In addition, the partnership agreement generally prohibits our general partner without the prior approval of the holders of a unit majority, from causing us to, among other things, sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination, or approving on our behalf the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our subsidiaries. Our general partner may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without that approval. Our general partner may also sell all or substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without that approval. Finally, our general partner may consummate any merger without the prior approval of our unitholders if we are the surviving entity in the transaction, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters, the transaction would not result in a material amendment to the partnership agreement, each of our units will be an identical unit of our partnership following the transaction, and the partnership securities to be issued do not exceed 20% of our outstanding partnership securities immediately prior to the transaction.

If the conditions specified in the partnership agreement are satisfied, our general partner may convert us or any of our subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or

29

convey all of our assets to, a newly formed entity if the sole purpose of that conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity, our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters, and the governing instruments of the new entity provide the limited partners and the general partner with the same rights and obligations as contained in the partnership agreement. The unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under the partnership agreement or applicable Delaware law in the event of a conversion, merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any other similar transaction or event.

Termination and Dissolution

We will continue as a limited partnership until terminated under our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:

•  the election of our general partner to dissolve us, if approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority;

•  there being no limited partners, unless we are continued without dissolution in accordance with applicable Delaware law;

•  the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our partnership; or

•  the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner interest in accordance with our partnership agreement or withdrawal or removal following approval and admission of a successor.

Upon a dissolution under the last clause above, the holders of a unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations, to continue our business on the same terms and conditions described in our partnership agreement by appointing as a successor general partner an entity approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that:

•  the action would not result in the loss of limited liability of any limited partner; and

•  neither our partnership, our operating partnership nor any of our other subsidiaries would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of that right to continue.

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

Upon our dissolution, unless we are continued as a new limited partnership, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our general partner that are necessary or appropriate to liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as described in “Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions — Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation.” The liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable period of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to our partners.

Withdrawal or Removal of the General Partner

Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to September 30, 2016 without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by the general partner and its affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. On or after September 30, 2016, our general partner may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days’ written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of our partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days’ notice to the limited partners if at least 50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates other than the general partner and its affiliates. In addition, the partnership agreement permits our general partner in some instances to sell or otherwise transfer all of its general partner

30

interest in us without the approval of the unitholders. Please read “— Transfer of General Partner Units” and “— Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights.”

Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances, other than as a result of a transfer by our general partner of all or a part of its general partner interest in us, the holders of a unit majority, voting as separate classes, may select a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within a specified period after that withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree in writing to continue our business and to appoint a successor general partner. Please read “— Termination and Dissolution.”

Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 662/3% of the outstanding units, voting together as a single class, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units voting as a separate class, and subordinated units, voting as a separate class. The ownership of more than 331/3% of the outstanding units by our general partner and its affiliates would give them the practical ability to prevent our general partner’s removal. As of September 30, 2009, our general partner and its affiliates owned 45.0% of the outstanding common and subordinated units (including unvested restricted common units currently issued under our 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan).

Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by the general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:

•  the subordination period will end, and all outstanding subordinated units will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;

•  any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and

•  our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests based on the fair market value of those interests at that time.

In the event of removal of a general partner under circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of a general partner where that withdrawal violates our partnership agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of those interests. Under all other circumstances where a general partner withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, the departing general partner will have the option to require the successor general partner to purchase the general partner interest of the departing general partner and its incentive distribution rights for fair market value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between the departing general partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the departing general partner and the successor general partner will determine the fair market value. Or, if the departing general partner and the successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.

If the option described above is not exercised by either the departing general partner or the successor general partner, the departing general partner’s general partner interest and its incentive distribution rights will automatically convert into common units equal to the fair market value of those interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.

In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing general partner for all amounts due the departing general partner, including, without limitation, all employee-related liabilities, including severance

31

liabilities, incurred for the termination of any employees employed by the departing general partner or its affiliates for our benefit.

Transfer of General Partner Units

Except for transfer by our general partner of all, but not less than all, of its general partner units to:

•  an affiliate of our general partner (other than an individual); or

•  another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of our general partner with or into another entity or the transfer by our general partner of all or substantially all of its assets to another entity, our general partner may not transfer all or any of its general partner units to another person prior to September 30, 2016 without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must assume, among other things, the rights and duties of our general partner, agree to be bound by the provisions of our partnership agreement, and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.

Our general partner and its affiliates may at any time, transfer units to one or more persons, without unitholder approval, except that they may not transfer subordinated units to us.

Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General Partner

At any time, Eagle Rock Holdings, L.P. and its affiliates may sell or transfer all or part of its partnership interests in our general partner, or its membership interest in Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC, the general partner of our general partner, to an affiliate or third party without the approval of our unitholders.

Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights

Our general partner or its affiliates or a subsequent holder may transfer its incentive distribution rights to an affiliate of the holder (other than an individual) or another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of such holder with or into another entity, the sale of all of the ownership interest in the holder or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, that entity without the prior approval of the unitholders; provided that, in the case of the sale of ownership interests in the holder, the initial holder of the incentive distribution rights continues to remain the general partner following such sale. Prior to September 30, 2016, other transfers of incentive distribution rights will require the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates. On or after September 30, 2016, the incentive distribution rights will be freely transferable.

Change of Management Provisions

Our partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P. as our general partner or otherwise change our management. If any person or group other than our general partner and its affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to any person or group that acquires the units from our general partner or its affiliates and any transferees of that person or group approved by our general partner or to any person or group who acquires the units with the prior approval of the board of directors of our general partner.

Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:

•  the subordination period will end and all outstanding subordinated units will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;

•  any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and

32

•  our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner units and its incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests based on the fair market value of those interests at that time.

Limited Call Right

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80% of the then-issued and outstanding limited partner interests of any class, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the limited partner interests of the class held by unaffiliated persons as of a record date to be selected by our general partner, on at least 10 but not more than 60 days notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater of:

•  the highest cash price paid by either of our general partner or any of its affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which our general partner first mails notice of its election to purchase those limited partner interests; and

•  the current market price as of the date three days before the date the notice is mailed.

•  As a result of our general partner’s right to purchase outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited partner interests may have his limited partner interests purchased at a price that may be lower than market prices at various times prior to such purchase or lower than a unitholder may anticipate the market price to be in the future. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of his common units in the market. Please read “Material Tax Consequences — Disposition of Common Units.”

Meetings; Voting

Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, record holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited.

Our general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by our general partner or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called represented in person or by proxy will constitute a quorum unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.

Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please read “— Issuance of Additional Securities.” However, if at any time any person or group, other than our general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently approved transferee of our general partner or its affiliates, acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise. Except as our partnership agreement otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with common units and as a single class.

Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record holders of common units under our partnership agreement will be delivered to the record holder by us or by the transfer agent.

33

Status as Limited Partner

By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Except as described under ‘‘— Limited Liability,” the common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional contributions.

Non-Citizen Assignees; Redemption

If we are or become subject to federal, state or local laws or regulations that, in the reasonable determination of our general partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property that we have an interest in because of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of any limited partner, we may redeem the units held by the limited partner at their current market price. In order to avoid any cancellation or forfeiture, our general partner may require each limited partner to furnish information about his nationality, citizenship or related status. If a limited partner fails to furnish information about his nationality, citizenship or other related status within 30 days after a request for the information or our general partner determines after receipt of the information that the limited partner is not an eligible citizen, the limited partner may be treated as a non-citizen assignee. A non-citizen assignee, is entitled to an interest equivalent to that of a limited partner for the right to share in allocations and distributions from us, including liquidating distributions. A non-citizen assignee does not have the right to direct the voting of his units and may not receive distributions in-kind upon our liquidation.

Indemnification

Under our partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:

•  our general partner;

•  any departing general partner;

•  any person who is or was an affiliate of a general partner or any departing general partner;

•  any person who is or was a director, officer, member, partner, fiduciary or trustee of any entity set forth in the preceding three bullet points;

•  any person who is or was serving as director, officer, member, partner, fiduciary or trustee of another person at the request of our general partner or any departing general partner; and

•  any person designated by our general partner.

Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. Unless it otherwise agrees, our general partner will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or lend funds or assets to us to enable us to effectuate, indemnification. We may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our partnership agreement.

Reimbursement of Expenses

Our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse our general partner for all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on our behalf and all other expenses allocable to us or otherwise incurred by our general partner in connection with operating our business. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. The general partner is entitled to determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.

34

Books and Reports

Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books of our business at our principal offices. The books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year.

We will furnish or make available to record holders of common units, within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing audited financial statements and a report on those financial statements by our independent public accountants. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make available summary financial information within 90 days after the close of each quarter.

We will furnish each record holder of a unit with information reasonably required for tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. This information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that some complex calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary information to unitholders will depend on the cooperation of unitholders in supplying us with specific information. Every unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his federal and state tax liability and filing his federal and state income tax returns, regardless of whether he supplies us with information.

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

Our partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:

•  a current list of the name and last known address of each partner;

•  a copy of our tax returns;

•  information as to the amount of cash, and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other property or services, contributed or to be contributed by each partner and the date on which each partner became a partner;

•  copies of our partnership agreement, our certificate of limited partnership, related amendments and powers of attorney under which they have been executed;

•  information regarding the status of our business and financial condition; and

•  any other information regarding our affairs as is just and reasonable.

Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which our general partner believes in good faith is not in our best interests or that we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.

Registration Rights

Under our partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws any common units, subordinated units or other partnership securities proposed to be sold by our general partner or any of its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from the registration requirements is not otherwise available. These registration rights continue for two years following any withdrawal or removal of Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P. as general partner. We are obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts and fees.

35

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

The Units

The common units and the subordinated units are separate classes of limited partner interests in us. The holders of units are entitled to participate in partnership distributions and exercise the rights or privileges available to limited partners under our partnership agreement. For a description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of common units and subordinated units in and to partnership distributions, please read this section and “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.” For a description of the rights and privileges of limited partners under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, please read “The Partnership Agreement.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Duties.  American Stock Transfer & Trust Company serves as registrar and transfer agent for the common units. We pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units except the following that must be paid by unitholders:

•  surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, taxes and other governmental charges;

•  special charges for services requested by a common unitholder; and

•  other similar fees or charges.

There is no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our cash distributions. We indemnify the transfer agent, its agents and each of their stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.

Resignation or Removal.  The transfer agent may resign, by notice to us, or be removed by us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor has been appointed and has accepted the appointment within 30 days after notice of the resignation or removal, our general partner may act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed.

Transfer of Common Units

By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:

•  represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;

•  automatically agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of, and is deemed to have executed, our partnership agreement; and

•  gives the consents and approvals contained in our partnership agreement.

A transferee will become a substituted limited partner of our partnership for the transferred common units automatically upon the recording of the transfer on our books and records. Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

Common units are securities and are transferable according to the laws governing transfers of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a substituted limited partner in our partnership for the transferred common units.

36

Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

Registration Rights

In connection with the closing of our initial public offering, on October 24, 2006, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Holdings in connection with its contribution to us of all of its limited and general partner interests in Eagle Rock Pipeline. In the registration rights agreement, we agreed, for the benefit of Holdings, to register the common units it holds, the common units issuable upon conversion of the subordinated units it holds, and any common units or other equity securities issuable in exchange for the common units and subordinated units it holds.

In connection with the closing of the acquisition of certain assets from Montierra Minerals & Production, L.P. (“Montierra”), an affiliate of Natural Gas Partners, and NGP-VII Income Co-Investment Opportunities, L.P. (“Co-Invest”), on April 30, 2007, we entered into registration rights agreements with Montierra and Co-Invest. In the registration rights agreements, we agreed, for the benefit of Montierra and Co-Invest, to register the common units they hold, the common units issuable upon conversion of the subordinated units that they hold and any common units or other equity securities issuable in exchange for the common units and subordinated units they hold. We have registered for resale the common units related to this transaction.

37

DESCRIPTION OF PARTNERSHIP SECURITIES

Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional limited partner interests and other equity securities for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our general partner in its sole discretion without the approval of any limited partners.

It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the issuance of additional common units or other equity securities. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing holders of common units in our distributions of available cash. In addition, the issuance of additional partnership interests may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing holders of common units in our net assets.

In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we also may issue additional partnership interests that, in the sole discretion of our general partner, have special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled.

Upon issuance of additional partnership interests, our general partner may make, but is not required to make, additional capital contributions in us. If our general partner chooses not to make an additional capital contribution equal to its percentage interest, such interest will be reduced to reflect its percentage of the total capital contributed.

The following is a description of the general terms and provisions of our partnership securities. The particular terms of any series of partnership securities will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement and the amendment to our partnership agreement, if necessary, relating to that series of partnership securities, which will be filed as an exhibit to or incorporated by reference in this prospectus at or before the time of issuance of any such series of partnership securities. If so indicated in a prospectus supplement, the terms of any such series may differ from the terms set forth below.

Our general partner is authorized to approve the issuance of one or more series of partnership securities without further authorization of the limited partners and to fix the number of securities, the designations, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions of any such series.

The applicable prospectus supplement will set forth the number of securities, particular designation, relative rights and preferences and the limitations of any series of partnership securities in respect of which this prospectus is delivered. The particular terms of any such series will include the following:

•  the maximum number of securities to constitute the series and the designation and ranking thereof;

•  the annual distribution rate, if any, on securities of the series, whether such rate is fixed or variable or both, the dates from which distributions will begin to accrue or accumulate, whether distributions will be cumulative and whether such distributions will be paid in cash, securities or otherwise;

•  whether the securities of the series will be redeemable and, if so, the price at the terms and conditions on which the securities of the series may be redeemed, including the time during which securities of the series may be redeemed and any accumulated distributions thereof that the holders of the securities of the series will be entitled to receive upon the redemption thereof;

•  the liquidation preference, if any, applicable to securities of the series;

•  the terms and conditions, if any, on which the securities of the series will be convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities of any other class or classes of partnership securities, including the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the method, is any, of adjusting the same; and

•  the voting rights, if any, of the securities of the series.

Partnership securities will be fully paid and non-assessable when issued upon full payment of the purchase price therefor. The prospectus supplement will contain, if applicable, a description of the material United States federal income tax consequences relating to the purchase and ownership of the series of partnership securities offered by the prospectus supplement. The transfer agent, registrar and distributions disbursement agent for the partnership securities will be designated in the applicable prospectus supplement.

38

DESCRIPTION OF THE WARRANTS

General Description of Warrants

We may issue warrants for the purchase of common units, partnership securities, or debt securities. Warrants may be issued independently or together with other securities and may be attached to or separate from any offered securities. Each series of warrants will be issued under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a bank or trust company, as warrant agent. The warrant agent will act solely as our agent in connection with the warrants and will not have any obligation or relationship of agency or trust for or with any holders or beneficial owners of warrants. A copy of the warrant agreement will be filed with the SEC in connection with any offering of warrants. The prospectus supplement relating to a particular issue of warrants will describe the terms of the warrants, including, among other things, the following:

•  the title of the warrants;

•  the offering price for the warrants, if any;

•  the aggregate number of the warrants;

•  the designation and terms of the securities that maybe purchased upon exercise of the warrants;

•  if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities that the warrants are issued with and the number of warrants issued with each security;

•  if applicable, the date from and after which the warrants and any securities issued with the warrants will be separately transferable;

•  the number or principal amount of securities that may be purchased upon exercise of a warrant and the price at which such securities may be purchased upon exercise;

•  the dates on which the warrants may be exercised;

•  if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of the warrants that may be exercised at any one time;

•  the currency or currency units in which the offering price, if any, and the exercise price are payable;

•  if applicable, a discussion of material United States federal income tax considerations;

•  anti-dilution provisions of the warrants, if any;

•  redemption or call provisions, if any, applicable to the warrants;

•  terms, procedures, and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of the warrants; and

•  any other material terms of the warrants.

Exercise of Warrants

Each warrant will entitle the holder of the warrant to purchase at the exercise price set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement the number or principal amount of securities being offered. Holders may exercise warrants at any time up to the close of business on the expiration date or on specified dates set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, unexercised warrants are void unless the expiration date is otherwise extended in accordance with the terms of the applicable warrants. Holders may exercise warrants as set forth in the prospectus supplement relating to the warrants being offered. Until you exercise your warrants to purchase securities, you will not have any rights as a holder of such securities, as the case may be, by virtue of your ownership of warrants.

39

DESCRIPTION OF THE RIGHTS

We may issue rights to purchase common units, partnership securities, warrants, or debt securities. These rights may be issued independently or together with any other security offered hereby and may or may not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the rights in such offering. In connection with any offering of such rights, we may enter into a standby arrangement with one or more underwriters or other purchasers pursuant to which the underwriters or other purchasers may be required to purchase any securities remaining unsubscribed for after such offering.

We will enter into a rights agent agreement with a bank or trust company, as rights agent. The rights agent will act solely as our agent in connection with the certificates relating to the rights and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency or trust with any holders of rights certificates or beneficial owners of rights. A copy of the rights certificates relating to each series of rights will be filed with the SEC. The prospectus supplement relating to a particular offering of rights will describe the terms of the rights, including, among other things, the following:

•  the date of determining the unitholders entitled to the rights distribution;

•  the number of rights issued or to be issued;

•  the exercise price payable for each common unit, partnership security, warrant, or unit of debt securities upon the exercise the rights;

•  the number and terms of the common units, partnership securities, warrants, or units of debt securities which may be purchased per each right;

•  the extent to which the rights are transferable;

•  the date on which the holder’s ability to exercise the rights shall commence, and the date on which the rights shall expire;

•  the extent to which the rights may include an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities;

•  if applicable, the material terms of any standby underwriting or purchase arrangement entered into by us in connection with the offering of such rights; and

•  any other terms of the rights, including the terms, procedures, conditions, and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of the rights.

40

DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES

General

The debt securities will be:

•  our direct general obligations;

•  senior debt securities; and

•  issued under an indenture among us and an indenture Trustee (“Trustee”).

We may issue debt securities in one or more series.

Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. may issue debt securities in one or more series, and Eagle Rock Energy Finance Corp. may be a co-issuer of one or more series of debt securities. Eagle Rock Energy Finance Corp. is wholly-owned by Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., and has no material assets or any liabilities other than as a co-issuer of debt securities. Its activities will be limited to co-issuing debt securities and engaging in other activities incidental thereto. When used in this section “Description of the Debt Securities,” the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and “issuers” refer jointly to Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and Eagle Rock Energy Finance Corp., and the terms “Eagle Rock Energy Partners” and “Eagle Rock Finance” refer strictly to Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and Eagle Rock Energy Finance Corp., respectively.

If we offer senior debt securities, we will issue them under a senior indenture. A form indenture is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We have not restated the indenture in its entirety in this description. You should read the relevant indenture because it, and not this description, controls your rights as holders of the debt securities. Capitalized terms used in the summary have the meanings specified in the indenture.

Specific Terms of Each Series of Debt Securities in the Prospectus Supplement

A prospectus supplement and a supplemental indenture or authorizing resolutions relating to any series of debt securities being offered will include specific terms relating to the offering. These terms will include some or all of the following:

•  whether Eagle Rock Finance will be a co-issuer;

•  the guarantors of the debt securities, if any;

•  the title of the debt securities;

•  the total principal amount of the debt securities;

•  the assets, if any, that are pledged as security for the payment of the debt securities;

•  whether we will issue the debt securities in individual certificates to each holder in registered form, or in the form of temporary or permanent global securities held by a depository on behalf of holders;

•  the prices at which we will issue the debt securities;

•  the portion of the principal amount that will be payable if the maturity of the debt securities is accelerated;

•  the currency or currency unit in which the debt securities will be payable, if not U.S. dollars;

•  the dates on which the principal of the debt securities will be payable;

•  the interest rate that the debt securities will bear and the interest payment dates for the debt securities;

•  any conversion or exchange provisions;

•  any optional redemption provisions;

41

•  any sinking fund or other provisions that would obligate us to repurchase or otherwise redeem the debt securities;

•  any changes to or additional events of default or covenants; and

•  any other terms of the debt securities.

We may offer and sell debt securities, including original issue discount debt securities, at a substantial discount below their principal amount. The prospectus supplement will describe special U.S. federal income tax and any other considerations applicable to those securities. In addition, the prospectus supplement may describe certain special U.S. federal income tax or other considerations applicable to any debt securities that are denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

Guarantees

If specified in the prospectus supplement respecting a series of debt securities, our subsidiaries specified in the prospectus supplement will unconditionally guarantee to each holder and the Trustee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the debt securities of that series when and as the same become due and payable, whether at stated maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by declaration of acceleration or otherwise. If a series of debt securities is guaranteed, such series will be guaranteed by all wholly-owned subsidiaries other than “minor” subsidiaries as such term is interpreted in securities regulation governing financial reporting for guarantors. The prospectus supplement will describe any limitation on the maximum amount of any particular guarantee and the conditions under which guarantees may be released.

The guarantees will be general obligations of the guarantors.

Consolidation, Merger or Asset Sale

Each indenture will, in general, allow us to consolidate or merge with or into another domestic entity. It will also allow each issuer to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to another domestic entity. If this happens, the remaining or acquiring entity must assume all of the issuer’s responsibilities and liabilities under the indenture including the payment of all amounts due on the debt securities and performance of the issuer’s covenants in the indenture.

However, each indenture will impose certain requirements with respect to any consolidation or merger with or into an entity, or any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of an issuer’s assets, including:

•  the remaining or acquiring entity must be organized under the laws of the United States, any state or the District of Columbia;

•  the remaining or acquiring entity must assume the issuer’s obligations under the indenture; and

•  immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default or Event of Default (as defined under “— Events of Default and Remedies” below) may exist.

The remaining or acquiring entity will be substituted for the issuer in the indenture with the same effect as if it had been an original party to the indenture, and the issuer will be relieved from any further obligations under the indenture.

No Protection in the Event of a Change of Control

Unless otherwise set forth in the prospectus supplement, the debt securities will not contain any provisions that protect the holders of the debt securities in the event of a change of control of us or in the event of a highly leveraged transaction, whether or not such transaction results in a change of control of us.

42

Modification of Indentures

We may supplement or amend an indenture if the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of all series issued under the indenture affected by the supplement or amendment consent to it. Further, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of any series may waive past defaults under the indenture and compliance by us with our covenants with respect to the debt securities of that series only. Those holders may not, however, waive any default in any payment on any debt security of that series or compliance with a provision that cannot be supplemented or amended without the consent of each holder affected. Without the consent of each outstanding debt security affected, no modification of the indenture or waiver may:

•  reduce the percentage in principal amount of debt securities whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

•  reduce the principal of or extend the stated maturity of any debt security;

•  reduce or waive the premium payable upon redemption or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of the debt securities (except as may be permitted in the case of a particular series of debt securities);

•  reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any debt security;

•  waive a Default or an Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the debt securities (except a rescission of acceleration of the debt securities by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the debt securities and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

•  except as otherwise permitted under the indenture, release any security that may have been granted with respect to the debt securities;

•  make any debt security payable in currency other than that stated in the debt securities;

•  make any change in the provisions of the indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of debt securities to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the debt securities;

•  waive a redemption payment with respect to any debt security (except as may be permitted in the case of a particular series of debt securities);

•  except as otherwise permitted in the indenture, release any guarantor from its obligations under its guarantee or the indenture or change any guarantee in any manner that would adversely affect the rights of holders; or

•  make any change in the preceding amendment, supplement and waiver provisions (except to increase any percentage set forth therein).

We may supplement or amend an indenture without the consent of any holders of the debt securities in certain circumstances, including:

•  to establish the form of terms of any series of debt securities;

•  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

•  to provide for the assumption of an issuer’s or guarantor’s obligations to holders of debt securities in the case of a merger or consolidation or disposition of all or substantially all of such issuer’s or guarantors’ assets;

•  to add or release guarantors pursuant to the terms of the indenture;

•  to make any changes that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of debt securities or that do not, taken as a whole, adversely affect the rights under the indenture of any holder of debt securities;

43

•  to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

•  to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under the indenture of a successor Trustee;

•  to add any additional Events of Default (as defined below); or

•  to secure the debt securities or the guarantees.

Events of Default and Remedies

“Event of Default,” when used in an indenture, will mean any of the following with respect to the debt securities of any series:

•  failure to pay when due the principal of or any premium on any debt security of that series;

•  failure to pay, within 60 days of the due date, interest on any debt security of that series;

•  failure to pay when due any sinking fund payment with respect to any debt securities of that series;

•  failure on the part of the issuer to comply with the covenant described under “— Consolidation, Merger or Asset Sale”;

•  failure to perform any other covenant in the indenture that continues for 30 days after written notice is given to the issuers;

•  certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an issuer; or

•  any other Event of Default provided under the terms of the debt securities of that series.

An Event of Default for a particular series of debt securities will not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under an indenture. The Trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities of any default (except in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it considers such withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

If an Event of Default for any series of debt securities occurs and continues, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the debt securities of the series may declare the entire principal of, and accrued interest on, all the debt securities of that series to be due and payable immediately. If this happens, subject to certain conditions, the holders of a majority in the aggregate principal amount of the debt securities of that series can rescind the declaration.

Other than its duties in case of a default, a Trustee is not obligated to exercise any of its rights or powers under either indenture at the request, order or direction of any holders, unless the holders offer the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity. If they provide this reasonable security or indemnification, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of any series of debt securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding or any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any power conferred upon the Trustee, for that series of debt securities.

No Limit on Amount of Debt Securities

The indenture will not limit the amount of debt securities that we may issue, unless we indicate otherwise in a prospectus supplement. The indenture will allow us to issue debt securities of any series up to the aggregate principal amount that we authorize.

Registration of Notes

We will issue debt securities of a series only in registered form, without coupons, unless otherwise indicated in the prospectus supplement.

44

Minimum Denominations

Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, the debt securities will be issued only in principal amounts of $1,000 each or integral multiples of $1,000.

No Personal Liability

None of the past, present or future partners, incorporators, managers, members, directors, officers, employees, unitholders or stockholders of either issuer, the general partner of Eagle Rock Energy Partners or any guarantor will have any liability for the obligations of the issuers or any guarantor under the indenture or the debt securities or for any claim based on such obligations or their creation. Each holder of debt securities by accepting a debt security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the debt securities. The waiver may not be effective under federal securities laws, however, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Payment and Transfer

The Trustee will initially act as paying agent and registrar under each indenture. The issuers may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the holders of debt securities, and the issuers or any of their subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

If a holder of debt securities has given wire transfer instructions to the issuers, the issuers will make all payments on the debt securities in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on the debt securities will be made at the corporate trust office of the Trustee, unless the issuers elect to make interest payments by check mailed to the holders at their addresses set forth in the debt security register.

The Trustee and any paying agent will repay to us upon request any funds held by them for payments on the debt securities that remain unclaimed for two years after the date upon which that payment has become due. After payment to us, holders entitled to the money must look to us for payment as general creditors.

Exchange, Registration and Transfer

Debt securities of any series will be exchangeable for other debt securities of the same series, the same total principal amount and the same terms but in different authorized denominations in accordance with the indenture. Holders may present debt securities for exchange or registration of transfer at the office of the registrar. The registrar will effect the transfer or exchange when it is satisfied with the documents of title and identity of the person making the request. We will not charge a service charge for any registration of transfer or exchange of the debt securities. We may, however, require the payment of any tax or other governmental charge payable for that registration.

We will not be required:

•  to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange debt securities of a series either during a period beginning 15 business days prior to the selection of debt securities of that series for redemption and ending on the close of business on the day of mailing of the relevant notice of redemption or repurchase, or between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date; or

•  to register the transfer of or exchange any debt security called for redemption or repurchase, except the unredeemed portion of any debt security we are redeeming or repurchasing in part.

Ranking

The senior debt securities will rank equally in right of payment with all of our other senior and unsubordinated debt. The senior debt securities will be effectively subordinated, however, to all of our secured debt to the extent of the value of the collateral for that debt. We will disclose the amount of our secured debt in the prospectus supplement.

45

Book Entry, Delivery and Form

The debt securities of a particular series may be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more global certificates that will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York (“DTC”), and registered in the name of DTC’s nominee, Cede & Co. This means that we will not issue certificates to each holder. Instead, one or more global debt securities will be issued to DTC, who will keep a computerized record of its participants (for example, your broker) whose clients have purchased the debt securities. The participant will then keep a record of its clients who purchased the debt securities. Unless it is exchanged in whole or in part for a certificated debt security, a global debt security may not be transferred, except that DTC, its nominees and their successors may transfer a global debt security as a whole to one another.

Beneficial interests in global debt securities will be shown on, and transfers of beneficial interests in global debt securities will be made only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants.

DTC has provided us the following information: DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the United States Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered under the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. DTC holds securities that its participants (“Direct Participants”) deposit with DTC. DTC also records the settlement among Direct Participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities through computerized records for Direct Participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need to exchange certificates. Direct Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations.

DTC’s book-entry system is also used by other organizations such as securities brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies that work through a Direct Participant. The rules that apply to DTC and its Direct Participants are on file with the SEC.

DTC is owned by a number of its Direct Participants and by the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., The American Stock Exchange, Inc. and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

We will wire all payments on the global debt securities to DTC’s nominee. We and the Trustee will treat DTC’s nominee as the owner of the global debt securities for all purposes. Accordingly, we, the Trustee and any paying agent will have no direct responsibility or liability to pay amounts due on the global debt securities to owners of beneficial interests in the global debt securities.

It is DTC’s current practice, upon receipt of any payment on the global debt securities, to credit Direct Participants’ accounts on the payment date according to their respective holdings of beneficial interests in the global debt securities as shown on DTC’s records. In addition, it is DTC’s current practice to assign any consenting or voting rights to Direct Participants whose accounts are credited with debt securities on a record date, by using an omnibus proxy. Payments by Direct Participants to owners of beneficial interests in the global debt securities, and voting by Direct Participants, will be governed by the customary practices between the Direct Participants and owners of beneficial interests, as is the case with debt securities held for the account of customers registered in “street name.” However, payments will be the responsibility of the Direct Participants and not of DTC, the Trustee or us.

Debt securities represented by a global debt security will be exchangeable for certificated debt securities with the same terms in authorized denominations only if:

•  DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary or if DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under applicable law and in either event a successor depositary is not appointed by us within 90 days; or

•  we determine not to require all of the debt securities of a series to be represented by a global debt security.

46

Satisfaction and Discharge; Defeasance

Each indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all outstanding debt securities of any series issued thereunder, when:

(a) either:

(1) all outstanding debt securities of that series that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed debt securities that have been replaced or paid and debt securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to us) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2) all outstanding debt securities of that series that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee and in any case we have irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness of such debt securities not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of debt securities that have been due and payable) or the stated maturity or redemption date;

(b) we have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by us under the indenture; and

(c) we have delivered an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

The debt securities of a particular series will be subject to legal or covenant defeasance to the extent, and upon the terms and conditions, set forth in the prospectus supplement.

Governing Law

Each indenture and all of the debt securities will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

The Trustee

We will enter into the Indentures with a trustee that is qualified to act under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and with any other trustees chosen by us and appointed in a supplemental indenture for a particular series of debt securities. We will identify in the applicable prospectus supplement, the trustee for each series of debt securities and will file an application with the SEC under the Trust Indenture Act to qualify the trustee.

Resignation or Removal of Trustee

If the trustee has or acquires a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the trustee shall either eliminate its conflicting interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and the applicable Indenture. Any resignation will require the appointment of a successor trustee under the applicable Indenture in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Indenture.

The trustee may resign or be removed by us with respect to one or more series of debt securities and a successor trustee may be appointed to act with respect to any such series. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the debt securities of any series may remove the trustee with respect to the debt securities of such series.

47

Limitations on Trustee if it is Our Creditor

Each Indenture will contain certain limitations on the right of the trustee, in the event that it becomes a creditor of an issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise.

Annual Trustee Report to Holders of Debt Securities

The trustee is required to submit an annual report to the holders of the debt securities regarding, among other things, the trustee’s eligibility to serve as such, the priority of the trustee’s claims regarding certain advances made by it, and any action taken by the trustee materially affecting the debt securities.

Certificates and Opinions to be Furnished to Trustee

Each Indenture will provide that, in addition to other certificates or opinions that may be specifically required by other provisions of an Indenture, every application by us for action by the trustee shall be accompanied by a certificate of certain of our officers and an opinion of counsel (who may be our counsel) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to such action have been complied with by us.

48

MATERIAL TAX CONSEQUENCES

This section is a summary of the material tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective common unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and, unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. counsel to the general partner and us, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law. This section is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Treasury Regulations”) and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change. Later changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “us” or “we” are references Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and our operating company.

The following discussion does not comment on all federal income tax matters affecting us or our common unitholders. Moreover, the discussion focuses on common unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and has only limited application to corporations, estates, trusts, nonresident aliens or other common unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as tax-exempt institutions, foreign persons, individual retirement accounts (IRAs), employee benefit plans, real estate investment trusts (REITs) or mutual funds. Accordingly, we encourage each prospective common unitholder to consult, and depend on, his own tax advisor in analyzing the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences particular to him of the ownership or disposition of common units.

No ruling has been or will be requested from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) regarding any matter affecting us or prospective common unitholders. Instead, we will rely on opinions of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. Unlike a ruling, an opinion of counsel represents only that counsel’s best legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or the courts. Accordingly, the opinions and statements made herein may not be sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any contest of this sort with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for the common units and the prices at which the common units trade. In addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS, principally legal, accounting and related fees, will result in a reduction in cash available for distribution to our common unitholders and our general partner and thus will be borne indirectly by our common unitholders and our general partner. Furthermore, the tax treatment of us, or of an investment in us, may be significantly modified by future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions. Any modifications may or may not be retroactively applied.

All statements as to matters of law and legal conclusions, but not as to factual matters, contained in this section, unless otherwise noted, are the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. and are based on the accuracy of the representations made by us.

For the reasons described below, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following specific federal income tax issues: (1) the treatment of a common unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units (please read “— Tax Consequences of Common Unit Ownership — Treatment of Short Sales”); (2) whether our monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing Treasury Regulations (please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees”); (3) whether percentage depletion will be available to a unitholder or the extent of the percentage depletion deduction available to any unitholder (please read “— Tax Treatment of Operations — Oil and Natural Gas Taxation — Depletion Deductions”); (4) whether the deduction related to U.S. production activities will be available to a unitholder or the extent of such deduction to any unitholder (please read “— Tax Treatment of Operations — Oil and Natural Gas Taxation — Deduction for U.S. Production Activities”); and (5) whether our method for depreciating Section 743 adjustments is sustainable in certain cases (please read “— Tax Consequences of Common Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election”).

49

Partnership Status

A partnership is not a taxable entity and incurs no federal income tax liability. Instead, each partner of a partnership is required to take into account his share of items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the partnership in computing his federal income tax liability, regardless of whether cash distributions are made to him by the partnership. Distributions by a partnership to a partner are generally not taxable to the partnership or the partner unless the amount of cash distributed to him is in excess of the partner’s adjusted basis in his partnership interest.

Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that publicly traded partnerships will, as a general rule, be taxed as corporations. However, an exception, referred to as the “Qualifying Income Exception,” exists with respect to publicly traded partnerships of which 90% or more of the gross income for every taxable year consists of “qualifying income.” Qualifying income includes income and gains derived from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation, marketing and storage of crude oil, natural gas and products thereof. Other types of qualifying income include interest (other than from a financial business), dividends, gains from the sale of real property and gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets held for the production of income that otherwise constitutes qualifying income. We estimate that less than 1% of our current gross income does not constitute qualifying income; however, this estimate could change from time to time. Based upon and subject to this estimate, the factual representations made by us and our general partner and a review of the applicable legal authorities, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that at least 90% of our current gross income constitutes qualifying income. The portion of our income that is qualifying income may change from time to time.

No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS and the IRS has made no determination as to our status as a partnership federal income tax purposes or whether our operations generate “qualifying income” under Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code. Instead, we will rely on the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. on such matters. It is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. that, based upon the Internal Revenue Code, its regulations, published revenue rulings and court decisions and the representations described below, we will be classified as a partnership and our operating company will be disregarded as an entity separate from us for federal income tax purposes.

In rendering its opinion, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied on factual representations made by us and our general partner. The representations made by us and our general partner upon which Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied include:

(a) Neither we nor our operating companies has elected nor will elect to be treated as a corporation;

(b) For each taxable year of the Partnership beginning with 2006, more than 90% of our gross income has been and will be income that Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has opined or will opine is “qualifying income” within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Internal Revenue Code; and

(c) Each hedging transaction that we treat as resulting in qualifying income has been and will be appropriately identified as a hedging transaction pursuant to applicable Treasury Regulations, and has been and will be associated with oil, gas, or products thereof that are held or to be held by us in activities that Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has opined or will opine result in qualifying income.

We believe that these representations have been true in the past and expect that these representations will be true in the future.

If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that is cured within a reasonable time after discovery (in which case the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to our common unitholders or pay other amounts), we will be treated as if we had transferred all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in that corporation, and then distributed that stock to the common unitholders in liquidation of their interests in us. This deemed contribution and liquidation should be tax-free to common unitholders and us so long as we, at

50

that time, do not have liabilities in excess of the tax basis of our assets. Thereafter, we would be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.

If we were treated as an association taxable as a corporation in any taxable year, either as a result of a failure to meet the Qualifying Income Exception or otherwise, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be reflected only on our tax return rather than being passed through to our common unitholders, and our net income would be taxed to us at corporate rates. In addition, any distribution made to a common unitholder would be treated as either taxable dividend income, to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, or, in the absence of earnings and profits, a nontaxable return of capital, to the extent of the common unitholder’s tax basis in his common units, or taxable capital gain, after the common unitholder’s tax basis in his common units is reduced to zero. Accordingly, taxation as a corporation would result in a material reduction in a common unitholder’s cash flow and after-tax return and thus would likely result in a substantial reduction of the value of the common units.

The discussion below is based on Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.’s opinion that we will be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

Limited Partner Status

Common Unitholders who have become limited partners of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. will be treated as partners of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. for federal income tax purposes. Also:

(a) assignees who have executed and delivered transfer applications, and are awaiting admission as limited partners, and

(b) common unitholders whose common units are held in street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the ownership of their common units

will be treated as partners of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. for federal income tax purposes. As there is no direct or indirect controlling authority addressing the federal tax treatment of assignees of common units who are entitled to execute and deliver transfer applications and thereby become entitled to direct the exercise of attendant rights, but who fail to execute and deliver transfer applications, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.’s opinion does not extend to these persons. Furthermore, a purchaser or other transferee of common units who does not execute and deliver a transfer application may not receive some federal income tax information or reports furnished to record holders of common units unless the common units are held in a nominee or street name account and the nominee or broker has executed and delivered a transfer application for those common units.

A beneficial owner of common units whose common units have been transferred to a short seller to complete a short sale would appear to lose his status as a partner with respect to those common units for federal income tax purposes. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Common Unit Ownership — Treatment of Short Sales.”

Income, gain, deductions or losses would not appear to be reportable by a common unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes, and any cash distributions received by a common unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes would therefore appear to be fully taxable as ordinary income. These holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to their tax consequences of holding our common units.

The references to “unitholders” in the discussion that follows are to persons who are treated as partners in Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. for federal income tax purposes.

Tax Consequences of Common Unit Ownership

Flow-Through of Taxable Income.  We will not pay any federal income tax. Instead, each common unitholder will be required to report on his income tax return his share of our income, gains, losses and deductions without regard to whether we make cash distributions to him. Consequently, we may allocate income to a common unitholder even if he has not received a cash distribution. Each common unitholder will

51

be required to include in income his allocable share of our income, gains, losses and deductions for our taxable year ending with or within his taxable year. Our taxable year ends on December 31.

Treatment of Distributions.  Distributions by us to a common unitholder generally will not be taxable to the common unitholder for federal income tax purposes, except to the extent the amount of any such cash distribution exceeds his tax basis in his common units immediately before the distribution. Our cash distributions in excess of a common unitholder’s tax basis generally will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of the common units, taxable in accordance with the rules described under “— Disposition of Common Units” below. Any reduction in a common unitholder’s share of our liabilities for which no partner, including the general partner, bears the economic risk of loss, known as “nonrecourse liabilities,” will be treated as a distribution by us of cash to that common unitholder. To the extent our distributions cause a common unitholder’s “at-risk” amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year, he must recapture any losses deducted in previous years. Please read “— Limitations on Deductibility of Losses.”

A decrease in a common unitholder’s percentage interest in us because of our issuance of additional common units will decrease his share of our nonrecourse liabilities, and thus will result in a corresponding deemed distribution of cash. This deemed distribution may constitute a non-pro rata distribution. A non-pro rata distribution of money or property may result in ordinary income to a common unitholder, regardless of his tax basis in his common units, if the distribution reduces the common unitholder’s share of our “unrealized receivables,” including recapture of intangible drilling costs, depletion and depreciation, and/or substantially appreciated “inventory items,” both as defined in Section 751 of the Internal Revenue Code, and collectively, “Section 751 Assets.” To that extent, he will be treated as having been distributed his proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and then having exchanged those assets with us in return for the non-pro rata portion of the actual distribution made to him. This latter deemed exchange will generally result in the common unitholder’s realization of ordinary income, which will equal the excess of (1) the non-pro rata portion of that distribution over (2) the common unitholder’s tax basis (generally zero) for the share of Section 751 Assets deemed relinquished in the exchange.

Basis of Common Units.  A common unitholder’s tax basis for his common units will be the amount he paid for the common units plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis will be increased by his share of our income and by any increases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis will be decreased, but not below zero, by distributions from us, by the unitholder’s share of our losses, by depletion deductions taken by him to the extent such deductions do not exceed his proportionate share of the adjusted tax basis of the underlying producing properties, by any decreases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities and by his share of our expenditures that are not deductible in computing taxable income and are not required to be capitalized. A common unitholder will have no share of our debt that is recourse to our general partner, but will have a share, generally based on his share of profits, of our nonrecourse liabilities. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Limitations on Deductibility of Losses.  The deduction by a common unitholder of his share of our losses will be limited to the tax basis in his common units and, in the case of an individual common unitholder, estate, trust, or corporate common unitholder (if more than 50% of the value of the corporate common unitholder’s stock is owned directly or indirectly by or for five or fewer individuals or some tax-exempt organizations) to the amount for which the common unitholder is considered to be “at risk” with respect to our activities, if that is less than his tax basis. A common unitholder subject to these limitations must recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that distributions cause his at-risk amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed to a common unitholder or recaptured as a result of these limitations will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction to the extent that his at-risk amount is subsequently increased, provided such losses do not exceed such common unitholders’ tax basis in his common units. Upon the taxable disposition of a common unit, any gain recognized by a common unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously suspended by the at-risk limitation but may not be offset by losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any loss previously suspended by the at-risk limitation in excess of that gain would no longer be utilizable.

52

In general, a common unitholder will be at risk to the extent of the tax basis of his common units, excluding any portion of that basis attributable to his share of our nonrecourse liabilities, reduced by (i) any portion of that basis representing amounts otherwise protected against loss because of a guarantee, stop loss agreement or other similar arrangement and (ii) any amount of money he borrows to acquire or hold his common units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to the common unitholder or can look only to the common units for repayment. A common unitholder’s at-risk amount will increase or decrease as the tax basis of the common unitholder’s common units increases or decreases, other than tax basis increases or decreases attributable to increases or decreases in his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. Moreover, a unitholder’s at risk amount will decrease by the amount of the unitholder’s depletion deductions and will increase to the extent of the amount by which the unitholder’s percentage depletion deductions with respect to our property exceed the unitholder’s share of the tax basis of that property.

The at-risk limitation applies on an activity-by-activity basis, and in the case of oil and gas properties, each property is treated as a separate activity. Thus, a taxpayer’s interest in each oil or gas property is generally required to be treated separately so that a loss from any one property would be limited to the at-risk amount for that property and not the at-risk amount for all the taxpayer’s oil and gas properties. It is uncertain how this rule is implemented in the case of multiple oil and gas properties owned by a single entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. However, for taxable years ending on or before the date on which further guidance is published, the IRS will permit aggregation of oil or gas properties we own in computing a unitholder’s at-risk limitation with respect to us. If a unitholder were required to compute his at-risk amount separately with respect to each oil or gas property we own, he might not be allowed to utilize his share of losses or deductions attributable to a particular property even though he has a positive at-risk amount with respect to his common units as a whole.

In addition to the basis and at-risk limitations on the deductibility of losses, the passive loss limitations generally provide that individuals, estates, trusts and some closely-held corporations and personal service corporations can deduct losses from passive activities, which are generally trade or business activities in which the taxpayer does not materially participate, only to the extent of the taxpayer’s income from those passive activities. The passive loss limitations are applied separately with respect to each publicly traded partnership. Consequently, any passive losses we generate will be available to offset only our passive income generated in the future and will not be available to offset income from other passive activities or investments (including our investments or a common unitholder’s investments in other publicly traded partnerships), or a unitholder’s salary or active business income. If we dispose of all or only a part of our interest in an oil or gas property, unitholders will be able to offset their suspended passive activity losses from our activities against the gain, if any, on the disposition. Passive losses that are not deductible because they exceed a common unitholder’s share of income we generate may be deducted by the unitholder in full when he disposes of his entire investment in us in a fully taxable transaction with an unrelated party. The passive loss limitations are applied after other applicable limitations on deductions, including the at-risk rules and the basis limitation.

A common unitholder’s share of our net income may be offset by any of our suspended passive losses, but it may not be offset by any other current or carryover losses from other passive activities, including those attributable to other publicly traded partnerships.

Limitations on Interest Deductions.  The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer’s “investment interest expense” is generally limited to the amount of that taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Investment interest expense includes:

•  interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for investment;

•  our interest expense attributed to portfolio income; and

•  the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to portfolio income.

The computation of a common unitholder’s investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a common unit. Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income

53

under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than interest, directly connected with the production of investment income, but generally does not include gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment or qualified dividend income. The IRS has indicated that the net passive income earned by a publicly traded partnership will be treated as investment income to its common unitholders for purposes of the investment interest deduction limitation. In addition, the common unitholder’s share of our portfolio income will be treated as investment income.

Entity-Level Collections.  If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any federal, state, local or foreign income tax on behalf of any common unitholder or our general partner or any former common unitholder, we are authorized to pay those taxes from our funds. That payment, if made, will be treated as a distribution of cash to the common unitholder on whose behalf the payment was made. If the payment is made on behalf of a person whose identity cannot be determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to all current common unitholders. We are authorized to amend our partnership agreement in the manner necessary to maintain the uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of common units and to adjust later distributions, so that after giving effect to these distributions, the priority and characterization of distributions otherwise applicable under our partnership agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payments by us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on behalf of an individual common unitholder in which event the common unitholder would be required to file a claim in order to obtain a credit or refund.

Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.  In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated among our general partner and the common unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us. At any time that distributions are made to the common units in excess of distributions to the subordinated common units, or that incentive distributions are made to our general partner, gross income will be allocated to the recipients to the extent of these distributions. If we have a net loss, that loss will be allocated first to our general partner and the common unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us to the extent of their positive capital accounts and, second, to our general partner.

Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated to account for the difference between the tax basis and fair market value of our assets at the time of their contribution or certain other transactions, referred to in this discussion as the “Contributed Property.” Specifically, allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction, referred to as “Section 704(c) Allocations,” will be made a common unitholder to account for any difference between the tax basis and fair market value of any property contributed to us that exists at the time of such contribution. In addition, in the event we issue additional common units or engage in certain other transactions in the future “reverse Section 704(c) Allocations,” similar to the Section 704(c) Allocations described above, will be made to the general partner and our other common unitholders immediately prior to such issuance or other transactions to account for the difference between the “book” basis for purposes of maintaining capital accounts and the fair market value of all property held by us at the time of such issuance the future transaction. In addition, items of recapture income will be allocated to the extent possible to the common unitholder who was allocated the deduction giving rise to the treatment of that gain as recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of ordinary income by some common unitholders. Finally, although we do not expect that our operations will result in the creation of negative capital accounts, if negative capital accounts nevertheless result, items of our income and gain will be allocated in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the negative balance as quickly as possible.

An allocation of items of our income, gain, loss or deduction, other than an allocation required by the Internal Revenue Code to eliminate the difference between a partner’s “book” capital account, credited with the fair market value of Contributed Property, and “tax” capital account, credited with the tax basis of Contributed Property, referred to in this discussion as the “Book-Tax Disparity,” will generally be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a partner’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction only if the allocation has substantial economic effect. In any other case, a partner’s share of an item will be

54

determined on the basis of his interest in us, which will be determined by taking into account all the facts and circumstances, including:

•  his relative contributions to us;

•  the interests of all the partners in profits and losses;

•  the interest of all the partners in cash flow; and

•  the rights of all the partners to distributions of capital upon liquidation.

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that, with the exception of the issues described in ‘‘— Section 754 Election” and “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees,” allocations under our partnership agreement will be given effect for federal income tax purposes in determining a partner’s share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction.

Treatment of Short Sales.  A common unitholder whose common units are loaned to a “short seller” to cover a short sale of common units may be considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, he would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those common units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period:

•  any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those common units would not be reportable by the common unitholder;

•  any cash distributions received by the common unitholder as to those common units would be fully taxable; and

•  all of these distributions would appear to be ordinary income.

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion regarding the tax treatment of a common unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common units; therefore, common unitholders desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller are urged to modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing and loaning their common units. The IRS has previously announced that it is studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales of partnership interests. Please also read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Alternative Minimum Tax.  Each common unitholder will be required to take into account his distributive share of any items of our income, gain, loss or deduction for purposes of the alternative minimum tax. The current minimum tax rate for noncorporate taxpayers is 26% on the first $175,000 of alternative minimum taxable income in excess of the exemption amount and 28% on any additional alternative minimum taxable income. Prospective common unitholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors as to the impact of an investment in common units on their liability for the alternative minimum tax.

Tax Rates.  Under current law, the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income of individuals is 35% and the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains (generally, capital gains on certain assets held for more than 12 months at the time of disposition) of individuals is 15%. However, absent new legislation extending the current rates, beginning January 1, 2011, the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and long-term capital gains of individuals will increase to 39.6% and 20%, respectively. Moreover, these rates are subject to change by new legislation at any time.

Section 754 Election.  We have made the election permitted by Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code. That election is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS. The election will generally permit us to adjust a common unit purchaser’s tax basis in our assets (“inside basis”) under Section 743(b) of the Internal Revenue Code to reflect his purchase price. This election applies to a purchaser of common units from another unitholder, but it does not apply to a person who purchases common units directly from us. The Section 743(b) adjustment belongs to the purchaser and not to other common unitholders. For purposes of this discussion, a

55

common unitholder’s inside basis in our assets will be considered to have two components: (1) his share of our tax basis in our assets (“common basis”) and (2) his Section 743(b) adjustment to that basis.

Where the remedial allocation method is adopted (which we have generally adopted as to our properties, except for certain goodwill properties), the Treasury Regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code require a portion of the Section 743(b) adjustment that is attributable to recovery property subject to depreciation under Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code whose book basis is in excess of its tax basis to be depreciated over the remaining cost recovery period for the property’s unamortized Book-Tax Disparity. If we elect a method other than the remedial method with respect to a goodwill property, Treasury Regulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3) generally requires that the Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to an amortizable Section 197 intangible, which includes goodwill properties, should be treated as a newly-acquired asset placed in service in the month when the purchaser acquires the common unit. Under Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to property subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Internal Revenue Code, rather than cost recovery deductions under Section 168, is generally required to be depreciated using either the straight-line method or the 150% declining balance method. Under our partnership agreement, our general partner is authorized to take a position to preserve the uniformity of common units even if that position is not consistent with these and any other Treasury Regulations. If we elect a method other than the remedial method with respect to a goodwill property, the common basis of such property is not amortizable. Please read “— Uniformity of Common Units.”

Although Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine as to the validity of this approach because there is no direct or indirect controlling authority on this issue, we intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the property’s unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, or treat that portion as non-amortizable to the extent attributable to property which is not amortizable. This method is consistent with the methods employed by other publicly traded partnerships but is arguably inconsistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of our assets, and Treasury Regulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3). To the extent this Section 743(b) adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history. If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken, we may take a depreciation or amortization position under which all purchasers acquiring common units in the same month would receive depreciation or amortization, whether attributable to common basis or a Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in our assets. This kind of aggregate approach may result in lower annual depreciation or amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to some common unitholders. Please read “— Uniformity of Common Units.” A common unitholder’s tax basis for his common units is reduced by his share of our deductions (whether or not such deductions were claimed on an individual’s income tax return) so that any position we take that understates deductions will overstate the common unitholder’s basis in his common units, which may cause the common unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of such common units. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.” The IRS may challenge our position with respect to depreciating or amortizing the Section 743(b) adjustment we take to preserve the uniformity of the common units. If such a challenge were sustained, the gain from the sale of common units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions.

A Section 754 election is advantageous if the transferee’s tax basis in his common units is higher than the common units’ share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. In that case, as a result of the election, the transferee would have, among other items, a greater amount of depreciation and depletion deductions and his share of any gain or loss on a sale of our assets would be less. Conversely, a Section 754 election is disadvantageous if the transferee’s tax basis in his common units is lower than those common units’ share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. Thus, the fair market value of the common units may be affected either favorably or unfavorably by the election. A basis adjustment is required regardless of whether a Section 754 election is made in the case of a transfer of an interest in us if we have a substantial built — in loss immediately after the transfer, or if we distribute property

56

and have a substantial basis reduction. Generally a built — in loss or a basis reduction is substantial if it exceeds $250,000.

The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our assets and other matters. For example, the allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment among our assets must be made in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment allocated by us to our tangible assets to goodwill instead. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is generally non-amortizable or amortizable over a longer period of time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible assets. We cannot assure you that the determinations we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS and that the deductions resulting from them will not be reduced or disallowed altogether. Should the IRS require a different basis adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election. If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of common units may be allocated more income than he would have been allocated had the election not been revoked.

Tax Treatment of Operations

Accounting Method and Taxable Year.  We use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Each common unitholder will be required to include in income his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year ending within or with his taxable year. In addition, a common unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and who disposes of all of his common units following the close of our taxable year but before the close of his taxable year must include his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction in income for his taxable year, with the result that he will be required to include in his taxable income for his taxable year his share of more than twelve months of our income, gain, loss and deduction. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.”

Tax Basis, Depreciation and Amortization.  The tax basis of our tangible assets, such as casing, tubing, tanks, pumping units and other similar property, will be used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The federal income tax burden associated with the difference between the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis immediately prior to an offering will be borne by our partners holding interests in us prior to such offering. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Common Unit Ownership — Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.”

To the extent allowable, we may elect to use the depreciation and cost recovery methods that will result in the largest deductions being taken in the early years after assets subject to these allowances are placed in service. Because our general partner may determine not to adopt the remedial method of allocation with respect to any difference between the tax basis and the fair market value of goodwill immediately prior to this or any future offering, we may not be entitled to any amortization deductions with respect to any goodwill properties conveyed to us on formation or held by us at the time of any future offering. Please read “— Uniformity of Units.” Property we subsequently acquire or construct may be depreciated using accelerated methods permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.

If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and the nature of the property, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation deductions with respect to property we own will likely be required to recapture some or all of those deductions as ordinary income upon a sale of his interest in us. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Common Unit Ownership — Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction” and “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

The costs incurred in selling our common units (called “syndication expenses”) must be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently, ratably, or upon our termination. There are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as syndication expenses,

57

which may not be amortized by us. The underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated as syndication expenses.

Valuation and Tax Basis of Our Properties.  The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values, and the tax bases, of our assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These estimates and determinations of basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or deduction previously reported by common unitholders might change, and common unitholders might be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to those adjustments.

Oil and Natural Gas Taxation

Depletion Deductions.  Subject to the limitations on deductibility of losses discussed above (please read “— Tax Consequences of Common Unit Ownership — Limitations on Deductibility of Losses”), common unitholders will be entitled to deductions for the greater of either cost depletion or (if otherwise allowable) percentage depletion with respect to our oil and natural gas interests. Although the Internal Revenue Code requires each common unitholder to compute his own depletion allowance and maintain records of his share of the adjusted tax basis of the underlying property for depletion and other purposes, we intend to furnish each of our common unitholders with information relating to this computation for federal income tax purposes. Each common unitholder, however, remains responsible for calculating his own depletion allowance and maintaining records of his share of the adjusted tax basis of the underlying property for depletion and other purposes.

Percentage depletion is generally available with respect to common unitholders who qualify under the independent producer exemption contained in Section 613A(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. For this purpose, an independent producer is a person not directly or indirectly involved in the retail sale of oil, natural gas, or derivative products or the operation of a major refinery. Percentage depletion is calculated as an amount generally equal to 15% (and, in the case of marginal production, potentially a higher percentage) of the common unitholder’s gross income from the depletable property for the taxable year. The percentage depletion deduction with respect to any property is limited to 100% of the taxable income of the common unitholder from the property for each taxable year, computed without the depletion allowance and without the deduction under Internal Revenue Code Section 199. A common unitholder that qualifies as an independent producer may deduct percentage depletion only to the extent the common unitholder’s average daily production of domestic crude oil, or the natural gas equivalent, does not exceed 1,000 barrels. This depletable amount may be allocated between natural gas and oil production, with 6,000 cubic feet of domestic natural gas production regarded as equivalent to one barrel of crude oil. The 1,000-barrel limitation must be allocated among the independent producer and controlled or related persons and family members in proportion to the respective production by such persons during the period in question.

In addition to the foregoing limitations, the percentage depletion deduction otherwise available is limited to 65% of a common unitholder’s total taxable income from all sources for the year, computed without the depletion allowance, net operating loss carrybacks, or capital loss carrybacks. Any percentage depletion deduction disallowed because of the 65% limitation may be deducted in the following taxable year if the percentage depletion deduction for such year plus the deduction carryover does not exceed 65% of the common unitholder’s total taxable income for that year. The carryover period resulting from the 65% net income limitation is unlimited.

Common unitholders that do not qualify under the independent producer exemption are generally restricted to depletion deductions based on cost depletion. Cost depletion deductions are calculated by (a) dividing the common unitholder’s share of the adjusted tax basis in the underlying mineral property by the number of mineral common units (barrels of oil and thousand cubic feet, or Mcf, of natural gas) remaining as of the beginning of the taxable year and (b) multiplying the result by the number of mineral common units

58

sold within the taxable year. The total amount of deductions based on cost depletion cannot exceed the common unitholder’s share of the total adjusted tax basis in the property.

All or a portion of any gain recognized by a common unitholder as a result of either the disposition by us of some or all of our oil and natural gas interests or the disposition by the common unitholder of some or all of his common units may be taxed as ordinary income to the extent of recapture of depletion deductions, except for percentage depletion deductions in excess of the tax basis of the property. The amount of the recapture is generally limited to the amount of gain recognized on the disposition.

The foregoing discussion of depletion deductions does not purport to be a complete analysis of the complex legislation and Treasury Regulations relating to the availability and calculation of depletion deductions by the common unitholders. Further, because depletion is required to be computed separately by each common unitholder and not by our partnership, no assurance can be given, and counsel is unable to express any opinion, with respect to the availability or extent of percentage depletion deductions to the common unitholders for any taxable year. Moreover, the availability of percentage depletion may be reduced or eliminated if recently proposed (or similar) tax legislation is enacted. For a discussion of such legislative proposals, please read “— Recent Legislative Developments.” We encourage each prospective common unitholder to consult his tax advisor to determine whether percentage depletion would be available to him.

Deductions for Intangible Drilling and Development Costs.  We will elect to currently deduct intangible drilling and development costs associated with wells located in the United States (“IDCs”). IDCs generally include our expenses for wages, fuel, repairs, hauling, supplies and other items that are incidental to, and necessary for, the drilling and preparation of wells for the production of oil or natural gas. The option to currently deduct IDCs applies only to those items that do not have a salvage value.

Although we elect to currently deduct IDCs, each common unitholder will have the option of either currently deducting IDCs or capitalizing all or part of the IDCs and amortizing them on a straight-line basis over a 60-month period, beginning with the taxable month in which the expenditure is made. If a common unitholder makes the election to amortize the IDCs over a 60-month period, no IDC preference amount in respect of those IDCs will result for alternative minimum tax purposes.

Integrated oil companies must capitalize 30% of all their IDCs (other than IDCs paid or incurred with respect to oil and gas wells located outside of the United States) and amortize these IDCs over 60 months beginning in the month in which those costs are paid or incurred. If the taxpayer ceases to be an integrated oil company, it must continue to amortize those costs as long as it continues to own the property to which the IDCs relate. An “integrated oil company” is a taxpayer that has economic interests in crude oil deposits and also carries on substantial retailing or refining operations. An oil or natural gas producer is deemed to be a substantial retailer or refiner if it is subject to the rules disqualifying retailers and refiners from taking percentage depletion. In order to qualify as an “independent producer” that is not subject to these IDC deduction limits, a common unitholder, either directly or indirectly through certain related parties, may not be involved in the refining of more than 75,000 barrels of oil on average for any day during the taxable year or in the retail marketing of oil and natural gas products exceeding $5 million per year in the aggregate.

IDCs previously deducted that are allocable to property (directly or through ownership of an interest in a partnership) and that would have been included in the adjusted tax basis of the property had the IDC deduction not been taken are recaptured to the extent of any gain realized upon the disposition of the property or upon the disposition by a common unitholder of interests in us. Recapture is generally determined at the common unitholder level. Where only a portion of the recapture property is sold, any IDCs related to the entire property are recaptured to the extent of the gain realized on the portion of the property sold. In the case of a disposition of an undivided interest in a property, a proportionate amount of the IDCs with respect to the property is treated as allocable to the transferred undivided interest to the extent of any gain recognized. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

The election to currently deduct IDCs may be restricted or eliminated if recently proposed (or similar) tax legislation is enacted. For a discussion of such legislative proposals, please read “— Recent Legislative Developments.”

59

Deduction for U.S. Production Activities.  Subject to the limitations on the deductibility of losses discussed above and the limitation discussed below, common unitholders will be entitled to a deduction, herein referred to as the Section 199 deduction, equal to 6% of our qualified production activities income that is allocated to such common unitholder, but not to exceed 50% of such common unitholder’s IRS Form W-2 wages for the taxable year allocable to domestic production gross receipts.

Qualified production activities income is generally equal to gross receipts from domestic production activities reduced by cost of goods sold allocable to those receipts, other expenses directly associated with those receipts, and a share of other deductions, expenses, and losses that are not directly allocable to those receipts or another class of income. The products produced must be manufactured, produced, grown, or extracted in whole or in significant part by the taxpayer in the United States.

For a partnership, the Section 199 deduction is determined at the partner level. To determine his Section 199 deduction, each common unitholder will aggregate his share of the qualified production activities income allocated to him from us with the common unitholder’s qualified production activities income from other sources. Each common unitholder must take into account his distributive share of the expenses allocated to him from our qualified production activities regardless of whether we otherwise have taxable income. However, our expenses that otherwise would be taken into account for purposes of computing the Section 199 deduction are taken into account only if and to the extent the common unitholder’s share of losses and deductions from all of our activities is not disallowed by the tax basis rules, the at-risk rules or the passive activity loss rules. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Common Unit Ownership — Limitations on Deductibility of Losses.”

The amount of a common unitholder’s Section 199 deduction for each year is limited to 50% of the IRS Form W-2 wages actually or deemed paid by the common unitholder during the calendar year that are deducted in arriving at qualified production activities income. Each common unitholder is treated as having been allocated IRS Form W-2 wages from us equal to the common unitholder’s allocable share of our wages that are deducted in arriving at qualified production activities income for that taxable year. It is not anticipated that we or our subsidiaries will pay material wages that will be allocated to our common unitholders, and thus a common unitholder’s ability to claim the Section 199 deduction may be limited.

This discussion of the Section 199 deduction does not purport to be a complete analysis of the complex legislation and Treasury authority relating to the calculation of domestic production gross receipts, qualified production activities income, or IRS Form W-2 wages, or how such items are allocated by us to common unitholders. Further, because the Section 199 deduction is required to be computed separately by each common unitholder, no assurance can be given, and counsel is unable to express any opinion, as to the availability or extent of the Section 199 deduction to the common unitholders. Moreover, the availability of Section 199 deductions may be reduced or eliminated if recently proposed (or similar) tax legislation is enacted. For a discussion of such legislative proposals, please read “— Recent Legislative Developments.” Each prospective common unitholder is encouraged to consult his tax advisor to determine whether the Section 199 deduction would be available to him.

Lease Acquisition Costs.  The cost of acquiring oil and natural gas lease or similar property interests is a capital expenditure that must be recovered through depletion deductions if the lease is productive. If a lease is proved worthless and abandoned, the cost of acquisition less any depletion claimed may be deducted as an ordinary loss in the year the lease becomes worthless. Please read “— Tax Treatment of Operations — Oil and Natural Gas Taxation — Depletion Deductions.”

Geophysical Costs.  The cost of geophysical exploration incurred in connection with the exploration and development of oil and natural gas properties in the United States are deducted ratably over a 24-month period beginning on the date that such expense is paid or incurred. This 24-month period is extended to 7 years in the case of major integrated oil companies. Moreover, the 24-month period may be similarly extended for all taxpayers if recently proposed tax (or similar) legislation is enacted. For a discussion of such legislative proposals, please read “— Recent Legislative Developments.”

60

Operating and Administrative Costs.  Amounts paid for operating a producing well are deductible as ordinary business expenses, as are administrative costs to the extent they constitute ordinary and necessary business expenses that are reasonable in amount.

Recent Legislative Developments.  On February 26, 2009, the White House released President Obama’s budget proposal for the fiscal year 2010 (the “Budget Proposal”). Among the changes recommended in the Budget Proposal is the elimination of certain key U.S. federal income tax preferences currently available to oil and gas exploration and production companies. These changes include, but are not limited to, (i) the repeal of the percentage depletion allowance for oil and gas properties, (ii) the elimination of current deductions for intangible drilling and development costs, (iii) the elimination of the deduction for United States production activities, and (iv) the increase in the amortization period from two years to seven years for geophysical costs paid or incurred in connection with the exploration for, or development of, oil or gas within the United States.

On April 23, 2009, the Oil Industry Tax Break Repeal Act of 2009 (the “Senate Bill”) was introduced in the Senate and includes many of the proposals outlined in the Budget Proposal. While the Senate Bill continues to be considered, it is unclear whether any such changes will actually be enacted or, if so, how soon any such changes could become effective. The passage of any future legislation as a result of the Budget Proposal, the Senate Bill or any other similar change in U.S. federal income tax law could affect certain tax deductions that are currently available with respect to oil and gas exploration and production and could negatively impact the value of an investment in our units.

Disposition of Common Units

Recognition of Gain or Loss.  Gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of common units equal to the difference between the amount realized and the common unitholder’s tax basis for the common units sold. A common unitholder’s amount realized will be measured by the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property received by him plus his share of our nonrecourse liabilities. Because the amount realized includes a common unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of common units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.

Prior distributions from us in excess of cumulative net taxable income for a common unit that decreased a common unitholder’s tax basis in that common unit will, in effect, become taxable income if the common unit is sold at a price greater than the common unitholder’s tax basis in that common unit, even if the price received is less than his original cost.

Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a common unitholder, other than a “dealer” in common units, on the sale or exchange of a common unit will generally be taxable as capital gain or loss. Capital gain recognized by an individual on the sale of common units held for more than twelve months will generally be taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% through December 31, 2010 and 20% thereafter (absent new legislation extending or adjusting the current rate). However, a portion, which will likely be substantial, of this gain or loss will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Internal Revenue Code to the extent attributable to assets giving rise to depreciation recapture or other “unrealized receivables” or to “inventory items” we own. The term “unrealized receivables” includes potential recapture items, including recapture of intangible drilling costs, depletion and depreciation. Ordinary income attributable to unrealized receivables, inventory items and depreciation recapture may exceed net taxable gain realized upon the sale of a common unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on the sale of a common unit. Thus, a common unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and a capital loss upon a sale of common units. Net capital losses may offset capital gains and no more than $3,000 of ordinary income, in the case of individuals, and may only be used to offset capital gains in the case of corporations.

The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a partnership in separate transactions must combine those interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated to the interests sold using an “equitable apportionment” method, which generally means that the tax basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears the same relation to the partner’s tax basis in his entire interest in the

61

partnership as the value of the interest sold bears to the value of the partner’s entire interest in the partnership. Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Internal Revenue Code allow a selling common unitholder who can identify common units transferred with an ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding period of the common units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling discussed above, a common unitholder will be unable to select high or low basis common units to sell as would be the case with corporate stock, but, according to the Treasury Regulations, he may designate specific common units sold for purposes of determining the holding period of common units transferred. A common unitholder electing to use the actual holding period of common units transferred must consistently use that identification method for all subsequent sales or exchanges of common units. A common unitholder considering the purchase of additional common units or a sale of common units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult his tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and application of the Treasury Regulations.

Specific provisions of the Internal Revenue Code affect the taxation of some financial products and securities, including partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an “appreciated” partnership interest, one in which gain would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at its fair market value, if the taxpayer or related persons enter(s) into:

•  a short sale;

•  an offsetting notional principal contract; or

•  a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest or substantially identical property.

Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of the Treasury is also authorized to issue regulations that treat a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as having constructively sold the financial position.

Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.  In general, our taxable income and losses will be determined annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the common unitholders in proportion to the number of common units owned by each of them as of the opening of the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “Allocation Date.” However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business will be allocated among the common unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which that gain or loss is recognized. As a result, a common unitholder transferring common units may be allocated income, gain, loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.

Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the Internal Revenue Code and most publicly traded partnerships use similar simplifying conventions, the use of this method may not be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations. Recently, however, the Department of the Treasury and the IRS issued proposed Treasury Regulations that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which a publicly traded partnership may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax items among transferor and transferee common unitholders, although such tax items must be prorated on a daily basis. Existing publicly traded partnerships are entitled to rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations; however, they are not binding on the IRS and are subject to change until final Treasury Regulations are issued. Accordingly, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine on the validity of this method of allocating income and deductions between transferor and transferee common unitholders. If this method is not allowed under the Treasury Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than all of the common unitholder’s interest, our taxable income or losses might be reallocated among the common unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of allocation between transferor and transferee common unitholders, as well as common unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury Regulations.

A common unitholder who owns common units at any time during a quarter and who disposes of them prior to the record date set for a cash distribution for that quarter will be allocated items of our income, gain, loss and deductions attributable to that quarter but will not be entitled to receive that cash distribution.

62

Notification Requirements.  A common unitholder who sells any of his common units is generally required to notify us in writing of that sale within 30 days after the sale (or, if earlier, January 15 of the year following the sale). A purchaser of common units who purchases common units from another common unitholder is also generally required to notify us in writing of that purchase within 30 days after the purchase. Upon receiving such notifications, we are required to notify the IRS of that transaction and to furnish specified information to the transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a purchase may, in some cases, lead to the imposition of penalties. However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by an individual who is a citizen of the United States and who effects the sale or exchange through a broker who will satisfy such requirements.

Constructive Termination.  We will be considered to have been terminated for tax purposes if there are sales or exchanges which, in the aggregate, constitute 50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month period. For purposes of measuring whether the 50% threshold is reached, multiple sales of the same interest are counted only once. A constructive termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all common unitholders. In the case of a common unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable year may result in more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. A constructive termination occurring on a date other than December 31 will result in us filing two tax returns (and could result in common unitholders receiving two Schedules K-1) for one fiscal year and the cost of the preparation of these returns will be borne by all common unitholders. We would be required to make new tax elections after a termination, including a new election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code, and a termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a termination might either accelerate the application of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the termination. The IRS has announced recently announced that it plans to issue guidance regarding the treatment of constructive terminations of publicly traded partnerships such as us. Any such guidance may change the application of the rules discussed above and may affect the tax treatment of a common unitholder.

Uniformity of Common Units

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common units, we must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics of the common units to a purchaser of these common units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number of federal income tax requirements, both statutory and regulatory. A lack of uniformity can result from a literal application of Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3). Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the value of the common units. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Common Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election.”

We intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the property’s unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, or treat that portion as nonamortizable, to the extent attributable to property the common basis of which is not amortizable, consistent with the regulations under Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code, even though that position may be inconsistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6), which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of our assets, and Treasury Regulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3). Please read “— Tax Consequences of Common Unit Ownership — Section 754 Election.” To the extent that the Section 743(b) adjustment is attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history. If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken, we may adopt a depreciation and amortization position under which all purchasers acquiring common units in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, whether attributable to a common basis or Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same applicable methods and lives as if they had purchased a direct interest in our property. If this position is adopted, it may result in lower annual depreciation and amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to some common unitholders and risk the loss of

63

depreciation and amortization deductions not taken in the year that these deductions are otherwise allowable. This position will not be adopted if we determine that the loss of depreciation and amortization deductions will have a material adverse effect on the common unitholders. If we choose not to utilize this aggregate method, we may use any other reasonable depreciation and amortization method to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any common units that would not have a material adverse effect on the common unitholders. The IRS may challenge any method of depreciating the Section 743(b) adjustment described in this paragraph. If this challenge were sustained, the uniformity of common units might be affected, and the gain from the sale of common units might be increased without the benefit of additional deductions. Please read “— Disposition of Common Units — Recognition of Gain or Loss.”

Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors

Ownership of common units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations, non-resident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign persons raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below, may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a non-U.S. person, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our common units.

Employee benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of our income less certain allowable deductions allocated to a common unitholder that is a tax-exempt organization will be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them.

Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates that own common units will be considered to be engaged in business in the United States because of the ownership of common units. As a consequence, they will be required to file federal tax returns to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and pay federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our net income or gain. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly traded partnerships, cash distributions to foreign common unitholders will be subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective tax rate. Each foreign common unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent on a Form W-8BEN or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for these withholding taxes. A change in applicable law may require us to change these procedures.

In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns common units will be treated as engaged in a United States trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the United States branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal income tax, on its share of our income and gain, as adjusted for changes in the foreign corporation’s “U.S. net equity,” which is effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the foreign corporate common unitholder is a “qualified resident.” In addition, this type of common unitholder is subject to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Internal Revenue Code.

A foreign common unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a common unit will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized from the sale or disposition of that common unit to the extent the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the foreign common unitholder. Under a ruling published by the IRS, interpreting the scope of “effectively connected income,” a foreign common unitholder would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. by virtue of the U.S. activities of the partnership, and part or all of that common unitholder’s gain would be effectively connected with that common unitholder’s indirect U.S. trade or business. Moreover, under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, a foreign common unitholder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon the sale or disposition of a common unit if (i) he owned (directly or constructively applying certain attribution rules) more than 5% of our common units at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of such disposition and (ii) 50% or more of the fair market value of all of our assets consisted of U.S. real property interests at any time during the shorter of the period during which such common unitholder held the common units or the 5-year period ending on the date of disposition. Currently, more than 50% of our assets consist of U.S. real

64

property interests and we do not expect that to change in the foreseeable future. Therefore, foreign common unitholders may be subject to federal income tax on gain from the sale or disposition of their common units.

Administrative Matters

Information Returns and Audit Procedures.  We intend to furnish to each common unitholder, within 90 days after the close of each calendar year, specific tax information, including a Schedule K-1, which describes his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine each common unitholder’s share of income, gain, loss and deduction. We cannot assure you that those positions will yield a result that conforms to the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS. Neither we nor Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. can assure prospective common unitholders that the IRS will not successfully contend in court that those positions are impermissible. Any challenge by the IRS could negatively affect the value of the common units.

The IRS may audit our federal income tax information returns. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each common unitholder to adjust a prior year’s tax liability, and possibly may result in an audit of his return. Any audit of a common unitholder’s return could result in adjustments not related to our returns as well as those related to our returns.

Partnerships generally are treated as separate entities for purposes of federal tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with the partners. The Internal Revenue Code requires that one partner be designated as the “Tax Matters Partner” for these purposes. Our partnership agreement names our general partner as our Tax Matters Partner.

The Tax Matters Partner has made and will make some elections on our behalf and on behalf of common unitholders. In addition, the Tax Matters Partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of tax deficiencies against common unitholders for items in our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a common unitholder with less than a 1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless that common unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all the common unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any common unitholder having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of common unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in profits. However, only one action for judicial review will go forward, and each common unitholder with an interest in the outcome may participate.

A common unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of any item on his federal income tax return that is not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency requirement may subject a common unitholder to substantial penalties.

Nominee Reporting.  Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another person are required to furnish to us:

(a) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee;

(b) whether the beneficial owner is:

1. a person that is not a United States person;

2. a foreign government, an international organization or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing; or

3. a tax-exempt entity;

(c) the amount and description of common units held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and

65

(d) specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from sales.

Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional information, including whether they are United States persons and specific information on common units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of $50 per failure, up to a maximum of $100,000 per calendar year, is imposed by the Internal Revenue Code for failure to report that information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the common units with the information furnished to us.

Accuracy-Related Penalties.  An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and substantial valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause for that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith regarding that portion.

For individuals, a substantial understatement of income tax in any taxable year exists if the amount of the understatement exceeds the greater of 10% of the tax required to be shown on the return for the taxable year or $5,000. The amount of any understatement subject to penalty generally is reduced if any portion is attributable to a position adopted on the return:

(1) for which there is, or was, “substantial authority”; or

(2) as to which there is a reasonable basis and the pertinent facts of that position are disclosed on the return.

If any item of income, gain, loss or deduction included in the distributive shares of common unitholders might result in that kind of an “understatement” of income for which no “substantial authority” exists, we must disclose the pertinent facts on our return. In addition, we will make a reasonable effort to furnish sufficient information for common unitholders to make adequate disclosure on their returns and to take other actions as may be appropriate to permit common unitholders to avoid liability for this penalty. More stringent rules apply to “tax shelters,” which we do not believe includes us, or any of our investments, plans or arrangements.

A substantial valuation misstatement exists if (i) the value of any property, or the tax basis of any property, claimed on a tax return is 150% or more of the amount determined to be the correct amount of the valuation or tax basis, (ii) the price for any property or services (or for the use of property) claimed on any such return with respect to any transaction between persons described in Internal Revenue Code Section 482 is 200% or more (or 50% or less) of the amount determined under Section 482 to be the correct amount of such price or (iii) the net Internal Revenue Code Section 482 transfer price adjustment for the taxable year exceeds the lesser of $5 million or 10% of the taxpayer’s gross receipts. No penalty is imposed unless the portion of the underpayment attributable to a substantial valuation misstatement exceeds $5,000 ($10,000 for a corporation other than an S Corporation or a personal holding company). The penalty is increased to 40% in the event of a gross valuation misstatement.

Reportable Transactions.  If we were to engage in a “reportable transaction,” we (and possibly you and others) would be required to make a detailed disclosure of the transaction to the IRS. A transaction may be a reportable transaction based upon any of several factors, including the fact that it is a type of tax avoidance transaction publicly identified by the IRS as a “listed transaction” or that it produces certain kinds of losses for partnerships, individuals, S corporations, and trusts in excess of $2 million in any single year, or $4 million in any combination of 6 successive tax years. Our participation in a reportable transaction could increase the likelihood that our federal income tax information return (and possibly your tax return) would be audited by the IRS. Please read “— Information Returns and Audit Procedures.”

66

Moreover, if we were to participate in a reportable transaction with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, or in any listed transaction, you may be subject to the following provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004:

•  accuracy-related penalties with a broader scope, significantly narrower exceptions, and potentially greater amounts than described above at “— Accuracy-Related Penalties”;

•  for those persons otherwise entitled to deduct interest on federal tax deficiencies, nondeductibility of interest on any resulting tax liability; and

•  in the case of a listed transaction, an extended statute of limitations.

We do not expect to engage in any “reportable transactions.”

State, Local, Foreign and Other Tax Considerations

In addition to federal income taxes, you likely will be subject to other taxes, such as state, local and foreign income taxes, unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or intangible taxes that may be imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we do business or own property or in which you are a resident. Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective common unitholder should consider their potential impact on his investment in us. We will initially own property or do business in several states, most of which impose a personal income tax on individuals. Most of these states also impose an income tax on corporations and other entities. We may also own property or do business in other jurisdictions in the future. Although you may not be required to file a return and pay taxes in some jurisdictions because your income from that jurisdiction falls below the filing and payment requirement, you will be required to file income tax returns and to pay income taxes in many of these jurisdictions in which we do business or own property and may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those requirements. In some jurisdictions, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the year incurred and may not be available to offset income in subsequent taxable years. Some of the jurisdictions may require us, or we may elect, to withhold a percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a common unitholder who is not a resident of the jurisdiction. Withholding, the amount of which may be greater or less than a particular common unitholder’s income tax liability to the jurisdiction, generally does not relieve a nonresident common unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax return. Amounts withheld will be treated as if distributed to common unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed by us. Please read “— Tax Consequences of Common Unit Ownership — Entity-Level Collections.” Based on current law and our estimate of our future operations, our general partner anticipates that any amounts required to be withheld will not be material.

It is the responsibility of each common unitholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent jurisdictions, of his investment in us. Accordingly, each prospective common unitholder is urged to consult, and depend upon, his tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. Further, it is the responsibility of each common unitholder to file all state, local and foreign, as well as United States federal tax returns that may be required of him. Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion on the state, local or foreign tax consequences of an investment in us.

Tax Consequences of Ownership of Debt Securities

A description of the material federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of debt securities will be set forth on the prospectus supplement relating to the offering of debt securities.

Tax Consequences of Ownership of Warrants

A description of the material federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of warrants will be set forth on the prospectus supplement relating to the offering of warrants.

Tax Consequences of Ownership of Rights

A description of the material federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of rights will be set forth on the prospectus supplement relating to the offering of rights.

67

INVESTMENT IN EAGLE ROCK ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.
BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

An investment in us by an employee benefit plan is subject to additional considerations because the investments of these plans are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and restrictions imposed by Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code. For these purposes the term “employee benefit plan” includes, but is not limited to, qualified pension, profit-sharing and stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified employee pension plans and tax deferred annuities or IRAs established or maintained by an employer or employee organization. Among other things, consideration should be given to:

•  whether the investment is prudent under Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA;

•  whether in making the investment, that plan will satisfy the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA; and

•  whether the investment will result in recognition of unrelated business taxable income by the plan and, if so, the potential after-tax investment return. Please read “Material Tax Consequences — Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other Investors.”

The person with investment discretion with respect to the assets of an employee benefit plan, often called a fiduciary, should determine whether an investment in us is authorized by the appropriate governing instrument and is a proper investment for the plan.

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code prohibit employee benefit plans, and also IRAs that are not considered part of an employee benefit plan, from engaging in specified transactions involving “plan assets” with parties that are “parties in interest” under ERISA or “disqualified persons” under the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the plan.

In addition to considering whether the purchase of common units is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary of an employee benefit plan should consider whether the plan will, by investing in us, be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the result that our operations would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the Internal Revenue Code.

The Department of Labor regulations provide guidance with respect to whether the assets of an entity in which employee benefit plans acquire equity interests would be deemed “plan assets” under some circumstances. Under these regulations, an entity’s assets would not be considered to be “plan assets” if, among other things:

(a) the equity interests acquired by employee benefit plans are publicly offered securities — i.e., the equity interests are widely held by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and each other, freely transferable and registered under some provisions of the federal securities laws;

(b) the entity is an “operating company,” — i.e., it is primarily engaged in the production or sale of a product or service other than the investment of capital either directly or through a majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or

(c) there is no significant investment by benefit plan investors, which is defined to mean that less than 25% of the value of each class of equity interest is held by the employee benefit plans referred to above, IRAs and other employee benefit plans not subject to ERISA, including governmental plans.

Our assets should not be considered “plan assets” under these regulations because it is expected that the investment will satisfy the requirements in (a) above.

Plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of common units should consult with their own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code in light of the serious penalties imposed on persons who engage in prohibited transactions or other violations.

68

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may sell securities described in this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement through one or more underwriters for public offering and sale, and we also may sell securities to investors directly, through the exercise of warrants or rights, or through one or more broker-dealers or agents.

We will prepare a prospectus supplement for each offering that will disclose the terms of the offering, including the name or names of any underwriters, dealers or agents, the purchase price of the securities and the proceeds to us from the sale, any underwriting discounts and other items constituting compensation to underwriters, dealers or agents.

We will fix a price or prices of our securities at:

•  market prices prevailing at the time of any sale under this registration statement;

•  prices related to market prices; or

•  negotiated prices.

We may change the price of the securities offered from time to time.

If we use underwriters or dealers in the sale, they will acquire the securities for their own account and they may resell these securities from time to time in one or more transactions (which may involve crosses and block transactions), including negotiated transactions, at a fixed public offering price or at varying prices determined at the time of sale. The securities may be offered to the public either through underwriting syndicates represented by one or more managing underwriters or directly by one or more of such firms. Unless otherwise disclosed in the prospectus supplement, the obligations of the underwriters to purchase securities will be subject to certain conditions precedent, and the underwriters will be obligated to purchase all of the securities offered by the prospectus supplement if any are purchased. Any initial public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.

If a prospectus supplement so indicates, the underwriters may, pursuant to Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, engage in transactions, including stabilization bids or the imposition of penalty bids, that may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market.

We may sell the securities directly or through agents designated by us from time to time, including in connection with a distribution to our security holders of rights to purchase such securities. We will name any agent involved in the offering and sale of the securities for which this prospectus is delivered, and disclose any commissions payable by us to the agent or the method by which the commissions can be determined, in the prospectus supplement. Unless otherwise indicated in the prospectus supplement, any agent will be acting on a best efforts basis for the period of its appointment.

We may agree to indemnify underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of securities against certain liabilities to which they may become subject in connection with the sale of the securities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933.

Certain of the underwriters, dealers and agents and their affiliates may be customers of, may engage in transactions with and may perform services for us or our affiliates in the ordinary course of business.

A prospectus and accompanying prospectus supplement in electronic form may be made available on the web sites maintained by the underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of securities for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Such allocations of securities for internet distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, securities may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell securities to online brokerage account holders.

We may offer our units into an existing trading market on terms described in the prospectus supplement relating thereto. Underwriters and dealers who may participate in any at-the-market offerings will be described in the prospectus supplement relating thereto.

69

We may offer securities solicited directly by us and sell directly to institutional investors or offers, who may be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to any resale thereof. The terms of any such sales will be described in the prospectus supplement relating thereto.

Because FINRA views our common units as a direct participation program, any offering of common units under the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, will be made in compliance with Rule 2310 of the FINRA Conduct Rules.

To the extent required, this prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time to describe a specific plan of distribution. The place and time of delivery for the securities in respect of which this prospectus is delivered will be set forth in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

LEGAL MATTERS

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., will pass upon the validity of the securities offered in this registration statement. If certain legal matters in connection with an offering of the securities made by this prospectus and a related prospectus supplement are passed on by counsel for the underwriters of such offering, that counsel will be named in the applicable prospectus supplement related to that offering.

EXPERTS

The balance sheet of Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P. as of December 31, 2008, incorporated in this prospectus from the Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 7, 2009, has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is incorporated herein by reference which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding retrospective application of Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51. Such financial statement has been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 incorporated in this prospectus from the Partnership’s current report on Form 8-K filed on December 7, 2009 and the effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 incorporated in this prospectus from the Partnership’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports, which are incorporated herein by reference which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding retrospective application of Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 07-4, Application of the Two-Class Method Under FASB Statement No. 128, Earnings per share, to Master Limited Partnerships, Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Investments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transaction and for discontinued operations. Such financial statements have been so incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The purchase price allocations for the acquisitions of certain entities from Laser Midstream Energy II, LP and Laser Midstream Company, LLC and of Escambia Asset Co., LLC and Escambia Operating Co., LLC, both transactions completed in 2007, and the acquisition of Millennium Midstream Partners, L.P., completed in 2008, and described in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, were completed with the assistance of K.E. Andrews & Company, a third-party valuation specialist.

The information included in this prospectus or incorporated by reference into this prospectus regarding estimated quantities of proved reserves and their present value is based, in part, on estimates of the proved reserves and present values of proved reserves as of December 31, 2008 based on a reserve report as of December 31, 2008 prepared by Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc., independent petroleum engineers. These estimates are included in this prospectus in reliance upon the authority of the firm as experts in these matters.

70

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14.   Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates. We will pay all expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) incurred by the offering unitholders.

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee	$	33,480
FINRA filing fee		60,500
Legal fees and expenses		50,000
Accounting fees and expenses		50,000
Printing expenses		15,000
Miscellaneous		16,020
Total	$	225,000

Item 15.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.

The section of the prospectus entitled “The Partnership Agreement — Indemnification” discloses that we will generally indemnify officers, directors and affiliates of the general partner to the fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims, damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by this reference. Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the partnership agreement, Section 17-108 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act empowers a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless any partner or other persons from and against all claims and demands whatsoever.

Eagle Rock Energy Finance Corp.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, among other things, empowers a Delaware corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Similar indemnity is authorized for such persons against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection with the defense or settlement of any such threatened, pending, or completed action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and provided further that (unless a court of competent jurisdiction otherwise provides) such person shall not have been adjudged liable to the corporation. Any such indemnification may be made only as authorized in each specific case upon a determination by the stockholders or disinterested directors or by independent legal counsel in a written opinion that indemnification is proper because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any

II-1

liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145. Also, the bylaws of Eagle Rock Energy Finance Corp. provide for the indemnification of directors and officers of and such directors and officers who serve at the request of the company as directors, officers, employees, or agents of any other enterprise against certain liabilities under certain circumstances.

Item 16.   Exhibits.

Exhibit
Number			Description
	**1	.1	Form of Underwriting Agreement
	2	.1	Partnership Interests Purchase and Contribution Agreement By and Among Laser Midstream Energy II, LP, Laser Gas Company I, LLC, Laser Midstream Company, LLC, Laser Midstream Energy, LP, and Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., dated as of March 30, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	2	.2	Partnership Interests Contribution Agreement By and Among Montierra Minerals & Production, L.P., NGP Minerals, L.L.C. (Montierra Management LLC) and Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., dated as of March 31, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	2	.3	Asset Contribution Agreement By and Among NGP 2004 Co-Investment Income, L.P., NGP Co-Investment Income Capital Corp., NGP-VII Income Co-Investment Opportunity, L.P., and Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., dated as of March 31, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	2	.4	Contribution and Sale Agreement By and Among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., Redman Energy Holdings, L.P. and Certain Other Parties Named Therein, dated July 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	2	.5	Contribution and Sale Agreement By and Among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., Redman Energy Holdings II, L.P. and Certain Other Parties Named Therein, dated July 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.5 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	2	.6	Asset Contribution Agreement By and Among NGP Co-Investment Opportunities Fund II, L.P. and Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., dated July 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.6 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	2	.7	Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 2, 2008 among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., Stanolind Holdings, L.P. and Stanolind Oil and Gas Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.8 of the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 4, 2008 (File No. 001-33016)).
	2	.8	Partnership Interests Purchase Agreement dated September 11, 2008, as amended, among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and Millennium Midstream Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the registrant’s quarterly period for the period ended September 20, 2008 filed with the Commission on November 10, 2008 (File No. 001-33016)).
	2	.9	Amendment No. 2 to the Partnership Interests Purchase Agreement dated February 9, 2009 among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and Millennium Midstream Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.9 of the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 13, 2009 (File No. 001-33016)).
	2	.10	Amendment No. 3 to the Partnership Interests Purchase Agreement dated February 27, 2009 among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and Millennium Midstream Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.10 of the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 13, 2009 (File No. 001-33016)).
	3	.1	Certificate of Limited Partnership of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the registrants registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-134750).
	3	.2	First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 31, 2006 (File No. 001-33016)).
	3	.3	Certificate of Limited Partnership of Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-134750).

II-2

Exhibit
Number			Description
	3	.4	Limited Partnership Agreement of Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-134750).
	3	.5	Certificate of Formation of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-134750).
	3	.6	Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 31, 2006 (File No. 001-33016)).
	*4	.1	Form of Senior Indenture for Senior Debt Securities.
	*4	.2	Form of Senior Debt Securities (included in Exhibit 4.1).
	**4	.3	Form of Warrant Agreement.
	4	.4	Registration Rights Agreement dated March 27, 2006, among Eagle Rock Pipeline, L.P. and the Purchasers listed thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-134750)).
	4	.5	Registration Rights Agreement between Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and Eagle Rock Holdings, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 31, 2006 (File No. 001-33016)).
	4	.6	Form of Common Unit Certificate (included as Exhibit A to the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., which is included as Appendix A to the Prospectus) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-134750)).
	4	.7	Registration Rights Agreement dated May 2, 2007, among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and the purchasers listed thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	4	.8	Registration Rights Agreement dated July 31, 2007, among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and the purchasers listed thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	4	.9	Registration Rights Agreement dated April 30, 2007, between Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and NGP-VII Income Co-Investment Opportunities, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	4	.10	Registration Rights Agreement dated April 30, 2007, between Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and Montierra Minerals & Production, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	*5	.1	Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality of the securities being registered.
	*8	.1	Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to tax matters.
	*12	.1	Statement of Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
	*23	.1	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
	*23	.2	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
	*23	.3	Consent of Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc.
	*23	.4	Consent of K.E. Andrews & Company.
	*23	.5	Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).
	*24	.1	Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this registration statement).
	***25	.1	Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 under the Senior Indenture.

*	Filed herewith.
**	To be filed as an Exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K or a post-effective amendment to this registration statement.
***	To be filed in accordance with Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

II-3

Item 17   Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of a prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent n the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in this registration statement;

provided, however, that paragraphs (1)(i) and (1)(ii) above do not apply if the registration statement is on Form S-3 and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the SEC by the registrants pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement;

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

(a) Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

(b) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date.

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a

II-4

primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(a) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(b) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(c) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(d) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

Each undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

Each undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supplement the prospectus, after the expiration of the subscription period, if any securities not taken by existing securityholders are to be offered to the public, to set forth the results of the subscription offer, the transactions by the underwriters during the subscription period, the amount of unsubscribed securities to be purchased by the underwriters, and the terms of any subsequent reoffering thereof. If any public offering by the underwriters is to be made on terms differing from those set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, a post-effective amendment will be filed to set forth the terms of such offering.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file an application for the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act”) in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the SEC under section 305(b)(2) of the Act.

II-5

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, Texas on December 7, 2009.

EAGLE ROCK ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.

By:   Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P., its general partner

By:   Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC, its general partner

By:  /s/  JOSEPH A. MILLS

Name:     Joseph A. Mills

Title:  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, do hereby constitute and appoint Joseph A. Mills and Charles C. Boettcher, and each of them, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all acts and things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statements, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereof; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Joseph A. Mills Joseph A. Mills	Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Jeffrey P. Wood Jeffrey P. Wood	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Kenneth A. Hersh Kenneth A. Hersh	Director	December 7, 2009

II-6

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  William J. Quinn William J. Quinn	Director	December 7, 2009
/s/  Philip B. Smith Philip B. Smith	Director	December 7, 2009
/s/  William A. Smith William A. Smith	Director	December 7, 2009
/s/  John A. Weinzierl John A. Weinzierl	Director	December 7, 2009
/s/  William K. White William K. White	Director	December 7, 2009

II-7

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 7, 2009.

EAGLE ROCK ENERGY FINANCE CORP.

By:  /s/  Joseph A. Mills

Joseph A. Mills

Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Joseph A. Mills and Charles C. Boettcher, and each of them, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all acts and things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statements, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereof; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Joseph A. Mills Joseph A. Mills	Director, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Jeffrey P. Wood Jeffrey P. Wood	Director, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Alfredo Garcia Alfredo Garcia	Director, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development	December 7, 2009
/s/  Charles C. Boettcher Charles C. Boettcher	Director, Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary	December 7, 2009

II-8

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 7, 2009.

CMA PIPELINE PARTNERSHIP LLC
GALVESTON BAY GATHERING LLC
SUPERIOR GAS COMPRESSION, LLC

By:  /s/  Joseph A. Mills

Joseph A. Mills

Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Joseph A. Mills and Charles C. Boettcher, and each of them, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all acts and things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statements, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereof; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of each registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Joseph A. Mills Joseph A. Mills	Manager, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Jeffrey P. Wood Jeffrey P. Wood	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Alfredo Garcia Alfredo Garcia	Manager, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development	December 7, 2009
/s/  Charles C. Boettcher Charles C. Boettcher	Manager, Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary	December 7, 2009

II-9

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 7, 2009.

EAGLE ROCK PIPELINE, L.P.
EAGLE ROCK GAS GATHERING & PROCESSING, LTD.
EAGLE ROCK OPERATING, L.P.
EAGLE ROCK FIELD SERVICES, L.P.
EAGLE ROCK ENERGY SERVICES, L.P.
EAGLE ROCK GOM, L.P.
EAGLE ROCK DESOTO PIPELINE, L.P.
EAGLE ROCK MIDSTREAM, L.P.
MIDSTREAM GAS SERVICES, L.P.
EROC QUITMAN GATHERING CO., LP
EROC MIDSTREAM ENERGY, L.P.
EROC GATHERING COMPANY, LP
EAGLE ROCK UPSTREAM DEVELOPMENT II, L.P.
EAGLE ROCK PRODUCTION, L.P.

By:	Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, their general partner
By:	/s/  Joseph A. Mills

Joseph A. Mills

Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Joseph A. Mills and Charles C. Boettcher, and each of them, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all acts and things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statements, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereof; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of each registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Joseph A. Mills Joseph A. Mills	Manager, Chief Executive Officer of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, General Partner of each of the limited partnerships listed above (Principal Executive Officer)	December 7, 2009.

II-10

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Jeffrey P. Wood Jeffrey P. Wood	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, General Partner of each of the limited partnerships listed above (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	December 7, 2009.
/s/  Alfredo Garcia Alfredo Garcia	Manager, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, General Partner of each of the limited partnerships listed above	December 7, 2009.
/s/  Kenneth A. Hersh Kenneth A. Hersh	Manager of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, General Partner of each of the limited partnerships listed above	December 7, 2009.
/s/  William J. Quinn William J. Quinn	Manager of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, General Partner of each of the limited partnerships listed above	December 7, 2009.
/s/  John A. Weinzierl John A. Weinzierl	Manager of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, General Partner of each of the limited partnerships listed above	December 7, 2009.

II-11

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 7, 2009.

EROC PRODUCTION, LLC

By:  Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., its sole managing member

By:  Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P., its general partner

By:	Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC, its general partner
By:	/s/  Joseph A. Mills

Joseph A. Mills

Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Joseph A. Mills and Charles C. Boettcher, and each of them, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all acts and things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statements, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereof; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Joseph A. Mills Joseph A. Mills	Chief Executive Officer of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC, the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P., the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. (Principal Executive Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Jeffrey P. Wood Jeffrey P. Wood	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC, the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P., the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	December 7, 2009

II-12

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Kenneth A. Hersh Kenneth A. Hersh	Director of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC, the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P., the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.	December 7, 2009
/s/  William J. Quinn William J. Quinn	Director of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC, the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P., the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.	December 7, 2009
/s/  Philip B. Smith Philip B. Smith	Director of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC, the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P., the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.	December 7, 2009
/s/  William A. Smith William A. Smith	Director of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC, the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P., the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.	December 7, 2009
/s/  John A. Weinzierl John A. Weinzierl	Director of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC, the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P., the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.	December 7, 2009
/s/  William K. White William K. White	Director of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC, the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P., the General Partner of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.	December 7, 2009

II-13

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 7, 2009.

EAGLE ROCK ACQUISITION PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

By:	Eagle Rock Upstream Development Company, Inc., its general partner
By:	/s/  Joseph A. Mills

Joseph A. Mills

Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Joseph A. Mills and Charles C. Boettcher, and each of them, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all acts and things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statements, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereof; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Joseph A. Mills Joseph A. Mills	Director, Chief Executive Officer of Eagle Rock Upstream Development Company, Inc., the General Partner of Eagle Rock Acquisition Partnership, L.P. (Principal Executive Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Jeffrey P. Wood Jeffrey P. Wood	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Eagle Rock Upstream Development Company, Inc., the General Partner of Eagle Rock Acquisition Partnership, L.P. (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Alfredo Garcia Alfredo Garcia	Director, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development of Eagle Rock Upstream Development Company, Inc., the General Partner of Eagle Rock Acquisition Partnership, L.P.	December 7, 2009

II-14

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 7, 2009.

EAGLE ROCK ACQUISITION
PARTNERSHIP II, L.P.

By:	Eagle Rock Upstream Development Company II, Inc., its general partner
By:	/s/  Joseph A. Mills

Joseph A. Mills

Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Joseph A. Mills and Charles C. Boettcher, and each of them, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all acts and things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statements, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereof; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Joseph A. Mills Joseph A. Mills	Director, Chief Executive Officer of Eagle Rock Upstream Development Company II, Inc., the General Partner of Eagle Rock Acquisition Partnership II, L.P. (Principal Executive Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Jeffrey P. Wood Jeffrey P. Wood	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Eagle Rock Upstream Development Company II, Inc., the General Partner of Eagle Rock Acquisition Partnership II, L.P. (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	December 7, 2009

II-15

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 7, 2009.

EAGLE ROCK DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, L.L.C.

By:  Eagle Rock Production, L.P., its manager

By:	Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, its general partner
By:	/s/  Joseph A. Mills

Joseph A. Mills

Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Joseph A. Mills and Charles C. Boettcher, and each of them, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all acts and things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statements, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereof; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Joseph A. Mills Joseph A. Mills	Manager, Chief Executive Officer of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, the General Partner of Eagle Rock Production, L.P., the member of Eagle Rock Development Company, L.L.C. (Principal Executive Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Jeffrey P. Wood Jeffrey P. Wood	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, the General Partner of Eagle Rock Production, L.P., the member of Eagle Rock Development Company, L.L.C. (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Alfredo Garcia Alfredo Garcia	Manager, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, the General Partner of Eagle Rock Production, L.P., the member of Eagle Rock Development Company, L.L.C.	December 7, 2009

II-16

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Kenneth A. Hersh Kenneth A. Hersh	Manager of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, the General Partner of Eagle Rock Production, L.P., the member of Eagle Rock Development Company, L.L.C.	December 7, 2009
/s/  William J. Quinn William J. Quinn	Manager of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, the General Partner of Eagle Rock Production, L.P., the member of Eagle Rock Development Company, L.L.C.	December 7, 2009
/s/  John A. Weinzierl John A. Weinzierl	Manager of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, the General Partner of Eagle Rock Production, L.P., the member of Eagle Rock Development Company, L.L.C.	December 7, 2009

II-17

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 7, 2009.

EAGLE ROCK ENERGY ACQUISITION CO., INC.

EAGLE ROCK ENERGY ACQUISITION CO. II, INC.

By:  /s/  Joseph A. Mills

Joseph A. Mills

Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Joseph A. Mills and Charles C. Boettcher, and each of them, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all acts and things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statements, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereof; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of each registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Joseph A. Mills Joseph A. Mills	Director, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Jeffrey P. Wood Jeffrey P. Wood	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	December 7, 2009

II-18

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 7, 2009.

EAGLE ROCK PIPELINE GP, LLC

By:  /s/  Joseph A. Mills

Joseph A. Mills

Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Joseph A. Mills and Charles C. Boettcher, and each of them, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all acts and things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statements, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereof; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Joseph A. Mills Joseph A. Mills	Manager, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Jeffrey P. Wood Jeffrey P. Wood	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Alfredo Garcia Alfredo Garcia	Manager, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development	December 7, 2009
/s/  Kenneth A. Hersh Kenneth A. Hersh	Manager	December 7, 2009
/s/  William J. Quinn William J. Quinn	Manager	December 7, 2009
/s/  John A. Weinzierl John A. Weinzierl	Manager	December 7, 2009

II-19

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 7, 2009.

EAGLE ROCK UPSTREAM DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, INC.

By:  /s/  Joseph A. Mills

Joseph A. Mills

Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Joseph A. Mills and Charles C. Boettcher, and each of them, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all acts and things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statements, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereof; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Joseph A. Mills Joseph A. Mills	Director, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Jeffrey P. Wood Jeffrey P. Wood	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Alfredo Garcia Alfredo Garcia	Director, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development	December 7, 2009

II-20

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 7, 2009.

EAGLE ROCK UPSTREAM DEVELOPMENT COMPANY II, INC.

By:  /s/  Joseph A. Mills

Joseph A. Mills

Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Joseph A. Mills and Charles C. Boettcher, and each of them, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all acts and things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statements, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereof; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Joseph A. Mills Joseph A. Mills	Director, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Jeffrey P. Wood Jeffrey P. Wood	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	December 7, 2009

II-21

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 7, 2009.

ESCAMBIA ASSET CO. LLC

ESCAMBIA OPERATING CO. LLC

By:  /s/  Joseph A. Mills

Joseph A. Mills

Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Joseph A. Mills and Charles C. Boettcher, and each of them, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all acts and things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statements, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereof; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of each registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Joseph A. Mills Joseph A. Mills	Manager, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Jeffrey P. Wood Jeffrey P. Wood	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Alfredo Garcia Alfredo Garcia	Manager, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development	December 7, 2009

II-22

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on December 7, 2009.

HESCO GATHERING COMPANY, LLC

HESCO PIPELINE COMPANY, L.L.C.

By:	EROC Midstream, L.P., their managing member
By:	Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, its general partner
By:	/s/  Joseph A. Mills

Joseph A. Mills

Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Joseph A. Mills and Charles C. Boettcher, and each of them, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to do any and all acts and things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or advisable to enable said Registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statements, or any registration statement for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereof; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of each registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Joseph A. Mills Joseph A. Mills	Manager, Chief Executive Officer of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, the General Partner of EROC Midstream, L.P. (Principal Executive Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Jeffrey P. Wood Jeffrey P. Wood	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, the General Partner of EROC Midstream, L.P. (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	December 7, 2009
/s/  Alfredo Garcia Alfredo Garcia	Manager, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, the General Partner of EROC Midstream, L.P.	December 7, 2009

II-23

Signature	Title	Date
/s/  Kenneth A. Hersh Kenneth A. Hersh	Manager of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, the General Partner of EROC Midstream, L.P.	December 7, 2009
/s/  William J. Quinn William J. Quinn	Manager of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, the General Partner of EROC Midstream, L.P.	December 7, 2009
/s/  John A. Weinzierl John A. Weinzierl	Manager of Eagle Rock Pipeline GP, LLC, the General Partner of EROC Midstream, L.P.	December 7, 2009

II-24

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number			Description
	**1	.1	Form of Underwriting Agreement
	2	.1	Partnership Interests Purchase and Contribution Agreement By and Among Laser Midstream Energy II, LP, Laser Gas Company I, LLC, Laser Midstream Company, LLC, Laser Midstream Energy, LP, and Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., dated as of March 30, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	2	.2	Partnership Interests Contribution Agreement By and Among Montierra Minerals & Production, L.P., NGP Minerals, L.L.C. (Montierra Management LLC) and Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., dated as of March 31, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	2	.3	Asset Contribution Agreement By and Among NGP 2004 Co-Investment Income, L.P., NGP Co-Investment Income Capital Corp., NGP-VII Income Co-Investment Opportunity, L.P., and Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., dated as of March 31, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	2	.4	Contribution and Sale Agreement By and Among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., Redman Energy Holdings, L.P. and Certain Other Parties Named Therein, dated July 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	2	.5	Contribution and Sale Agreement By and Among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., Redman Energy Holdings II, L.P. and Certain Other Parties Named Therein, dated July 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.5 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	2	.6	Asset Contribution Agreement By and Among NGP Co-Investment Opportunities Fund II, L.P. and Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., dated July 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.6 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	2	.7	Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 2, 2008 among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., Stanolind Holdings, L.P. and Stanolind Oil and Gas Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.8 of the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 4, 2008 (File No. 001-33016)).
	2	.8	Partnership Interests Purchase Agreement dated September 11, 2008, as amended, among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and Millennium Midstream Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the registrant’s quarterly period for the period ended September 20, 2008 filed with the Commission on November 10, 2008 (File No. 001-33016)).
	2	.9	Amendment No. 2 to the Partnership Interests Purchase Agreement dated February 9, 2009 among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and Millennium Midstream Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.9 of the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 13, 2009 (File No. 001-33016)).
	2	.10	Amendment No. 3 to the Partnership Interests Purchase Agreement dated February 27, 2009 among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and Millennium Midstream Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.10 of the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 13, 2009 (File No. 001-33016)).
	3	.1	Certificate of Limited Partnership of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the registrants registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-134750).
	3	.2	First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 31, 2006 (File No. 001-33016)).
	3	.3	Certificate of Limited Partnership of Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-134750).
	3	.4	Limited Partnership Agreement of Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-134750).

II-25

Exhibit
Number			Description
	3	.5	Certificate of Formation of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-134750).
	3	.6	Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Eagle Rock Energy G&P, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 31, 2006 (File No. 001-33016)).
	*4	.1	Form of Senior Indenture for Senior Debt Securities.
	*4	.2	Form of Senior Debt Securities (included in Exhibit 4.1).
	**4	.3	Form of Warrant Agreement.
	4	.4	Registration Rights Agreement dated March 27, 2006, among Eagle Rock Pipeline, L.P. and the Purchasers listed thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-134750)).
	4	.5	Registration Rights Agreement between Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and Eagle Rock Holdings, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 31, 2006 (File No. 001-33016)).
	4	.6	Form of Common Unit Certificate (included as Exhibit A to the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., which is included as Appendix A to the Prospectus) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-134750)).
	4	.7	Registration Rights Agreement dated May 2, 2007, among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and the purchasers listed thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	4	.8	Registration Rights Agreement dated July 31, 2007, among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and the purchasers listed thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	4	.9	Registration Rights Agreement dated April 30, 2007, between Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and NGP-VII Income Co-Investment Opportunities, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	4	.10	Registration Rights Agreement dated April 30, 2007, between Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and Montierra Minerals & Production, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-144938)).
	*5	.1	Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality of the securities being registered.
	*8	.1	Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to tax matters.
	*12	.1	Statement of Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
	*23	.1	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
	*23	.2	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
	*23	.3	Consent of Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc.
	*23	.4	Consent of K.E. Andrews & Company.
	*23	.5	Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).
	*24	.1	Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this registration statement).
	***25	.1	Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 under the Senior Indenture.

*	Filed herewith.
**	To be filed as an Exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K or a post-effective amendment to this registration statement.
***	To be filed in accordance with Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

II-26

EX-4.1

Exhibit 4.1

EAGLE ROCK ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.

as Issuer,

any Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto,

and

[       ],

as Trustee

INDENTURE

Dated as of [            ], 20[   ]

Exhibit 4.1

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

TIA Section	Indenture Section
310 (a)	7.10
(b)	7.10
(c)	N.A.
311 (a)	7.11
(b)	7.11
(c)	N.A.
312 (a)	5.01
(b)	5.02
(c)	5.02
313 (a)	5.03
(b)	5.03
(c)	13.03
(d)	5.03
314 (a)	4.05
(b)	N.A.
(c)(1)	13.05
(c)(2)	13.05
(c)(3)	N.A.
(d)	N.A.
(e)	13.05
(f)	N.A.
315 (a)	7.01
(b)	6.07 & 13.03
(c)	7.01
(d)	7.01
(e)	6.08
316 (a) (last sentence)	1.01
(a)(1)(A)	6.06
(a)(1)(B)	6.06
(a)(2)	9.01(d)
(b)	6.04
(c)	5.04
317 (a)(1)	6.02
(a)(2)	6.02
(b)	4.04
318 (a)	13.07

N.A. means Not Applicable
NOTE: This Cross-Reference table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed part of this Indenture.

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01 Definitions	1
Section 1.02 Other Definitions	3
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	4
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction	4
ARTICLE II DEBT SECURITIES
Section 2.01 Forms Generally	4
Section 2.02 Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication	4
Section 2.03 Principal Amount; Issuable in Series	5
Section 2.04 Execution of Debt Securities	6
Section 2.05 Authentication and Delivery of Debt Securities	6
Section 2.06 Denomination of Debt Securities	7
Section 2.07 Registration of Transfer and Exchange	7
Section 2.08 Temporary Debt Securities	8
Section 2.09 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debt Securities	9
Section 2.10 Cancellation of Surrendered Debt Securities	9
Section 2.11 Provisions of the Indenture and Debt Securities for the Sole Benefit of the Parties and the Holders	9
Section 2.12 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved	9
Section 2.13 Securities Denominated in Dollars	10
Section 2.14 Wire Transfers	10
Section 2.15 Securities Issuable in the Form of a Global Security	10
Section 2.16 Medium Term Securities	11
Section 2.17 Defaulted Interest	12
Section 2.18 CUSIP Numbers	12
ARTICLE III REDEMPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES
Section 3.01 Applicability of Article	12
Section 3.02 Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debt Securities	12
Section 3.03 Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption	13
Section 3.04 Mandatory and Optional Sinking Funds	14
Section 3.05 Redemption of Debt Securities for Sinking Fund	14
ARTICLE IV PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
Section 4.01 Payment of Principal of, and Premium, If Any, and Interest on, Debt Securities	15
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Offices or Agencies for Registration of Transfer, Exchange and Payment of Debt Securities	15
Section 4.03 Appointment to Fill a Vacancy in the Office of Trustee	15
Section 4.04 Duties of Paying Agents, etc.	15
Section 4.05 SEC Reports; Financial Statements	16
Section 4.06 Compliance Certificate	16
Section 4.07 Further Instruments and Acts	16
Section 4.08 Existence	17
Section 4.09 Maintenance of Properties	17
Section 4.10 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims	17
Section 4.11 Waiver of Certain Covenants	17
ARTICLE V HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE TRUSTEE
Section 5.01 Partnership to Furnish Trustee Information as to Names and Addresses of Holders; Preservation of Information	17
Section 5.02 Communications to Holders	17
Section 5.03 Reports by Trustee	17
Section 5.04 Record Dates for Action by Holders	18

ii

ARTICLE VI REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND HOLDERS IN EVENT OF DEFAULT
Section 6.01 Events of Default	18
Section 6.02 Collection of Debt by Trustee, etc.	19
Section 6.03 Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee	20
Section 6.04 Limitation on Suits by Holders	20
Section 6.05 Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission in Exercise of Rights not a Waiver of Default	21
Section 6.06 Rights of Holders of Majority in Principal Amount of Debt Securities to Direct Trustee and to Waive Default	21
Section 6.07 Trustee to Give Notice of Events of Default Known to It, but May Withhold Such Notice in Certain Circumstances	21
Section 6.08 Requirement of an Undertaking to Pay Costs in Certain Suits under the Indenture or Against the Trustee	21
ARTICLE VII CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
Section 7.01 Certain Duties and Responsibilities	22
Section 7.02 Certain Rights of the Trustee	22
Section 7.03 Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Indenture or in Debt Securities	23
Section 7.04 Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar May Own Debt Securities	23
Section 7.05 Moneys Received by Trustee to Be Held in Trust	23
Section 7.06 Compensation and Reimbursement	24
Section 7.07 Right of Trustee to Rely on an Officers’ Certificate Where No Other Evidence Specifically Prescribed	24
Section 7.08 Separate Trustee; Replacement of Trustee	24
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger	25
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification	25
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Partnership	25
Section 7.12 Compliance with Tax Laws	25
ARTICLE VIII CONCERNING THE HOLDERS
Section 8.01 Evidence of Action by Holders	25
Section 8.02 Proof of Execution of Instruments and of Holding of Debt Securities	25
Section 8.03 Who May Be Deemed Owner of Debt Securities	26
Section 8.04 Instruments Executed by Holders Bind Future Holders	26
ARTICLE IX SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
Section 9.01 Purposes for Which Supplemental Indentures May Be Entered into Without Consent of Holders	26
Section 9.02 Modification of Indenture with Consent of Holders of Debt Securities	27
Section 9.03 Effect of Supplemental Indentures	28
Section 9.04 Debt Securities May Bear Notation of Changes by Supplemental Indentures	28
ARTICLE X CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR CONVEYANCE
Section 10.01 Consolidations and Mergers of the Partnership	28
Section 10.02 Rights and Duties of Successor Partnership	29
ARTICLE XI SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE; UNCLAIMED MONEYS
Section 11.01 Applicability of Article	29
Section 11.02 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance	29
Section 11.03 Conditions of Defeasance	30
Section 11.04 Application of Trust Money	30
Section 11.05 Repayment to Partnership	30
Section 11.06 Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations	31
Section 11.07 Reinstatement	31

iii

ARTICLE XII [RESERVED]
ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Section 13.01 Successors and Assigns of Partnership Bound by Indenture	31
Section 13.02 Acts of Board, Committee or Officer of Successor Partnership Valid	31
Section 13.03 Required Notices or Demands	31
Section 13.04 Indenture and Debt Securities to Be Construed in Accordance with the Laws of the State of New York	32
Section 13.05 Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to Be Furnished upon Application or Demand by the Partnership	32
Section 13.06 Payments Due on Legal Holidays	32
Section 13.07 Provisions Required by TIA to Control	32
Section 13.08 Computation of Interest on Debt Securities	32
Section 13.09 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	32
Section 13.10 No Recourse Against Others	32
Section 13.11 Severability	32
Section 13.12 Effect of Headings	32
Section 13.13 Indenture May Be Executed in Counterparts	32
ARTICLE XIV GUARANTEE
Section 14.01 Unconditional Guarantee	33
Section 14.02 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee	34
Section 14.03 Limitation of Subsidiary Guarantors’ Liability	34
Section 14.04 Release of Subsidiary Guarantors from Guarantee	34
Section 14.05 Subsidiary Guarantor Contribution	35
ANNEX A: Notation of Guarantee

iv

          THIS INDENTURE dated as of [     ] is among Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), any Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined herein) party hereto, and [     ], a [     ], as trustee (the “Trustee”).

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

          The Partnership and any Subsidiary Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of the Partnership’s debentures, notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness to be issued in one or more series unlimited as to principal amount (herein called the “Debt Securities”), which Debt Securities may be guaranteed by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, as in this Indenture provided.

          All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Partnership and any Subsidiary Guarantors, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH

     That in order to declare the terms and conditions upon which the Debt Securities are authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises, and of the purchase and acceptance of the Debt Securities by the Holders thereof, the Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantor, and the Trustee covenant and agree with each other, for the benefit of the respective Holders from time to time of the Debt Securities or any series thereof, as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

          Section 1.01 Definitions. “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. The Trustee may request and may conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate to determine whether any Person is an Affiliate of any specified Person.

          “Agent” means any Registrar or paying agent.

          “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

          “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the general partner of the Partnership or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the general partner of the Partnership or any directors and/or officers of the Partnership to whom such Board of Directors or such committee shall have duly delegated its authority to act hereunder. If the Partnership shall change its form of entity to other than a limited Partnership, the references to the Board of Directors of the general partner of the Partnership]shall mean the Board of Directors (or other comparable governing body) of the Partnership.

          “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

          “Capital stock” of any Person means and includes any and all shares, rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) the equity (which includes, but is not limited to, common stock, preferred stock and Partnership and joint venture interests) of such Person (excluding any debt securities that are convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity).

          “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

          “Debt” of any Person at any date means any obligation created or assumed by such Person for the repayment of borrowed money and any guarantee thereof.

          “Debt Security” or “Debt Securities” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any debt security or debt securities, as the case may be, of any series authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

          “Default” means any event, act or condition that is, or after notice or the passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

          “Depositary” means, unless otherwise specified by the Partnership pursuant to either Section 2.03 or 2.15, with respect to Debt Securities of any series issuable or issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, The Depository Trust Partnership, New York, New York, or any successor thereto registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act or other applicable statute or regulations.

          “Dollar” or “$” means such currency of the United States as at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor statute.

          “Floating Rate Security” means a Debt Security that provides for the payment of interest at a variable rate determined

1

periodically by reference to an interest rate index specified pursuant to Section 2.03.

          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time.

          “Global Security” means with respect to any series of Debt Securities issued hereunder, a Debt Security which is executed by the Partnership and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s instruction, all in accordance with this Indenture and any Indentures supplemental hereto, or resolution of the Board of Directors and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, which shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and which shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, all the Outstanding Debt Securities of such series or any portion thereof, in either case having the same terms, including, without limitation, the same original issue date, date or dates on which principal is due and interest rate or method of determining interest.

          “guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of Partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (b) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

          “Holder,” “Holder of Debt Securities” or other similar terms means, a Person in whose name a Debt Security is registered in the Debt Security Register (as defined in Section 2.07(a)).

          “Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed, or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented and shall include the form and terms of particular series of Debt Securities as contemplated hereunder, whether or not a supplemental Indenture is entered into with respect thereto.

          “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of Houston, Texas, City of New York, New York or at a Place of Payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a Place of Payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

          “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, security interest, pledge, charge or other encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law.

          “Officer” means, with respect to a Person, the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, Controller, Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of such Person.

          “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Partnership, one of whom must be the Partnership’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer or chief accounting officer (or if the Partnership shall change its form of entity to other than a limited Partnership, by Persons, officers, members, agents and others holding positions comparable to those of the foregoing nature, as applicable).

          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Partnership or the Trustee.

          “Original Issue Discount Debt Security” means any Debt Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01.

          “Outstanding,” when used with respect to any series of Debt Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Debt Securities of that series theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

          (a) Debt Securities of that series theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

          (b) Debt Securities of that series for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any paying agent (other than the Partnership) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Partnership (if the Partnership shall act as its own paying agent) for the Holders of such Debt Securities; provided, that, if such Debt Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

          (c) Debt Securities of that series which have been paid pursuant to Section 2.09 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Debt Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Debt Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Debt Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Debt Securities are valid obligations of the Partnership;

          provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of any series have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Debt Securities owned by the Partnership or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities or any Affiliate of the Partnership or of such

2

other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Debt Securities which a Trust Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Debt Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Debt Securities and that the pledgee is not the Partnership or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities or an Affiliate of the Partnership or of such other obligor. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Debt Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Debt Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purposes shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01.

          “Partnership” means Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and its successor.

          “Partnership Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President of the Partnership, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, an Assistant Controller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Partnership and delivered to the Trustee, or if the Partnership shall change its form of entity to other than a limited Partnership, by Persons or officers, members, agents and others holding positions comparable to those of the foregoing nature, as applicable.

          “Person” means any individual, corporation, Partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.

          “Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Debt Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

          “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor statute.

          “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

          “Subsidiary” of any Person means any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of equity interests entitled, without regard to the occurrence of any contingency, to vote in the election of directors, managers, trustees or equivalent Persons thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or combination thereof.

          “Subsidiary Guarantors” means any Subsidiary of the Partnership who may execute this Indenture, or a supplement hereto, for the purpose of providing a Guarantee of Debt Securities pursuant to this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Subsidiary Guarantors” shall mean such successor Person.

          “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the date of this Indenture as originally executed and, to the extent required by law, as amended.

          “Trustee” initially means [      ] and any other Person or Persons appointed as such from time to time pursuant to Section 7.08, and, subject to the provisions of Article VII, includes its or their successors and assigns. If at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Debt Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities of that series.

          “Trust Officer” means any officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.

          “United States” means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

          “U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations of the United States of America, obligations on which the payment of principal and interest is fully guaranteed by the United States of America or obligations or guarantees for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged.

          “Yield to Maturity” means the yield to maturity, calculated at the time of issuance of a series of Debt Securities, or, if applicable, at the most recent redetermination of interest on such series and calculated in accordance with accepted financial practice.

          Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

3

Term	Defined in Section
“Debt Security Register”	2.07
“Defaulted Interest”	2.17
“Event of Default”	6.01
“Funding Guarantor”	14.05
“Guarantee”	14.01
“Place of Payment”	2.03
“Registrar”	2.07
“Successor Partnership”	10.01

          Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

          All terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

          Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

          (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

          (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

          (c) “or” is not exclusive;

          (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

          (e) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

          (f) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

ARTICLE II
DEBT SECURITIES

          Section 2.01 Forms Generally. The Debt Securities of each series shall be in substantially the form established without the approval of any Holder by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors or in one or more Indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as the Partnership may deem appropriate (and, if not contained in a supplemental Indenture entered into in accordance with Article IX, as are not prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture) or as may be required or appropriate to comply with any law or with any rules made pursuant thereto or with any rules of any securities exchange on which such series of Debt Securities may be listed, or to conform to general usage, or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Debt Securities as evidenced by their execution of the Debt Securities.

          The definitive Debt Securities of each series shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Debt Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Debt Securities.

          Section 2.02 Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication. The Trustee’s certificate of authentication on all Debt Securities authenticated by the Trustee shall be in substantially the following form:

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

          This is one of the Debt Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

[                                                                                                      ], As Trustee
By:
	Authorized Signatory

4

          Section 2.03 Principal Amount; Issuable in Series. The aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities which may be issued, executed, authenticated, delivered and outstanding under this Indenture is unlimited.

          The Debt Securities may be issued in one or more series in fully registered form. There shall be established, without the approval of any Holders, in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, or established in one or more Indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Debt Securities of any series any or all of the following:

          (a) the title of the Debt Securities of the series (which shall distinguish the Debt Securities of the series from all other Debt Securities);

          (b) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of the series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Debt Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Debt Securities of the series pursuant to this Article II);

          (c) the date or dates on which the principal of and premium, if any, on the Debt Securities of the series are payable;

          (d) the rate or rates (which may be fixed or variable) at which the Debt Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method of determining such rate or rates, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the interest payment dates on which such interest shall be payable, or the method by which such date will be determined, the record dates for the determination of Holders thereof to whom such interest is payable; and the basis upon which interest will be calculated if other than that of a 360-day year of twelve thirty-day months;

          (e) the place or places, if any, in addition to or instead of the corporate trust office of the Trustee, where the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, Debt Securities of the series shall be payable (“Place of Payment”);

          (f) the price or prices at which, the period or periods within which and the terms and conditions upon which Debt Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Partnership or otherwise;

          (g) whether Debt Securities of the series are entitled to the benefits of any Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to this Indenture;

          (h) the obligation, if any, of the Partnership to redeem, purchase or repay Debt Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof, and the price or prices at which and the period or periods within which and the terms and conditions upon which Debt Securities of the series shall be redeemed, purchased or repaid, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligations;

          (i) the terms, if any, upon which the Debt Securities of the series may be convertible into or exchanged for capital stock (which may be represented by depositary shares), other Debt Securities or warrants for capital stock or Debt or other securities of any kind of the Partnership or any other obligor and the terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange shall be effected, including the initial conversion or exchange price or rate, the conversion or exchange period and any other provision in addition to or in lieu of those described herein;

          (j) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which Debt Securities of the series shall be issuable;

          (k) if the amount of principal of or any premium or interest on Debt Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index or pursuant to a formula, the manner in which such amounts will be determined;

          (l) if the principal amount payable at the Stated Maturity of Debt Securities of the series will not be determinable as of any one or more dates prior to such Stated Maturity, the amount which will be deemed to be such principal amount as of any such date for any purpose, including the principal amount thereof which will be due and payable upon any maturity other

5

than the Stated Maturity or which will be deemed to be Outstanding as of any such date (or, in any such case, the manner in which such deemed principal amount is to be determined);

          (m) any changes or additions to Article XI, including the addition of additional covenants that may be subject to the covenant defeasance option pursuant to Section 11.02(b);

          (n) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Debt Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01 or provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 6.02;

          (o) the terms, if any, of the transfer, mortgage, pledge or assignment as security for the Debt Securities of the series of any properties, assets, moneys, proceeds, securities or other collateral, including whether certain provisions of the TIA are applicable and any corresponding changes to provisions of this Indenture as currently in effect;

          (p) any addition to or change in the Events of Default with respect to the Debt Securities of the series and any change in the right of the Trustee or the Holders to declare the principal of, and premium and interest on, such Debt Securities due and payable;

          (q) if the Debt Securities of the series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of a Global Security or Securities, the terms and conditions, if any, upon which such Global Security or Securities may be exchanged in whole or in part for other individual Debt Securities in definitive registered form; and the Depositary for such Global Security or Securities and the form of any legend or legends to be borne by any such Global Security or Securities in addition to or in lieu of the legend referred to in Section 2.15(a);

          (r) any trustees, authenticating or paying agents, transfer agents or registrars;

          (s) the applicability of, and any addition to or change in the covenants and definitions currently set forth in this Indenture or in the terms currently set forth in Article X, including conditioning any merger, conveyance, transfer or lease permitted by Article X upon the satisfaction of any Debt coverage standard by the Partnership and Successor Partnership (as defined in Article X);

          (t) with regard to Debt Securities of the series that do not bear interest, the dates for certain required reports to the Trustee; and

          (u) any other terms of the Debt Securities of the series (which terms shall not be prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture).

          All Debt Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to such resolution of the Board of Directors and as set forth in such Officers’ Certificate or in any such Indenture supplemental hereto.

          Section 2.04 Execution of Debt Securities. The Debt Securities shall be signed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President of the Partnership and, if the seal of the Partnership is reproduced thereon, it shall be attested by its Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, a Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer. Such signatures upon the Debt Securities may be the manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such authorized officers and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Debt Securities. The seal of the Partnership, if any, may be in the form of a facsimile thereof and may be impressed, affixed, imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Debt Securities.

          Only such Debt Securities as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form hereinbefore recited, signed manually by the Trustee, shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee upon any Debt Security executed by the Partnership on behalf of the Partnership shall be conclusive evidence that the Debt Security so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

          In case any officer of the Partnership who shall have signed any of the Debt Securities shall cease to be such officer before the Debt Securities so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, or disposed of by the Partnership, such Debt Securities nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed such Debt Securities had not ceased to be such officer of the Partnership; and any Debt Security may be signed on behalf of the Partnership by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Debt Security, shall be the proper officers of the Partnership, although at the date of such Debt Security or of the execution of this Indenture any such Person was not such officer.

6

          Section 2.05 Authentication and Delivery of Debt Securities. At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Partnership may deliver to the Trustee for authentication Debt Securities of any series executed by the Partnership, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said Debt Securities to or upon a Partnership Order. In authenticating such Debt Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Debt Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon:

          (a) a copy of any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Partnership, authorizing the terms of issuance of any series of Debt Securities;

          (b) an executed supplemental Indenture, if any;

          (c) an Officers’ Certificate; and

          (d) an Opinion of Counsel prepared in accordance with Section 13.05 which shall also state:

     (i) that the form of such Debt Securities has been established by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors or by a supplemental Indenture as permitted by Section 2.01 in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

     (ii) that the terms of such Debt Securities have been established by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors or by a supplemental Indenture as permitted by Section 2.03 in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

     (iii) (that such Debt Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Partnership in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Partnership, enforceable in accordance with their terms except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and rights of acceleration and the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general applicability;

     (iv) that the Partnership has the Partnership power to issue such Debt Securities and has duly taken all necessary Partnership action with respect to such issuance;

     (v) that the issuance of such Debt Securities will not contravene the organizational documents of the Partnership or result in any material violation of any of the terms or provisions of any law or regulation or of any material indenture, mortgage or other agreement known to such counsel by which the Partnership is bound;

     (vi) that authentication and delivery of such Debt Securities and the execution and delivery of any supplemental Indenture will not violate the terms of this Indenture; and

     (vii) such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request.

          Such Opinion of Counsel need express no opinion as to whether a court in the United States would render a money judgment in a currency other than that of the United States.

          The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Debt Securities under this Section 2.05 if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committee or a trust committee of directors, trustees or Officers (or any combination thereof) shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing Holders.

          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Partnership to authenticate Debt Securities of any series. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Debt Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, paying agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

          Unless otherwise provided in the form of Debt Security for any series, each Debt Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

          Section 2.06 Denomination of Debt Securities. Unless otherwise provided in the form of Debt Security for any series, the Debt Securities of each series shall be issuable only as fully registered Debt Securities in such Dollar denominations as

7

shall be specified or contemplated by Section 2.03. In the absence of any such specification with respect to the Debt Securities of any series, the Debt Securities of such series shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

          Section 2.07 Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

          (a) The Partnership shall keep or cause to be kept a register for each series of Debt Securities issued hereunder (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Debt Security Register”), in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Partnership shall provide for the registration of all Debt Securities and the transfer of Debt Securities as in this Article II provided. At all reasonable times the Debt Security Register shall be open for inspection by the Trustee. Subject to Section 2.15, upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debt Security at any office or agency to be maintained by the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02, the Partnership shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Debt Security or Debt Securities of authorized denominations for a like aggregate principal amount. In no event may Debt Securities be issued as, or exchanged for, bearer securities.

          Unless and until otherwise determined by the Partnership by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Debt Security Register shall be kept at the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee and, for this purpose, the Trustee shall be designated “Registrar.”

          Debt Securities of any series (other than a Global Security, except as set forth below) may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities of the same series of other authorized denominations. Subject to Section 2.15, Debt Securities to be exchanged shall be surrendered at the office or agency to be maintained by the Partnership as provided in Section 4.02, and the Partnership shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor the Debt Security or Debt Securities which the Holder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive.

          (b) All Debt Securities presented or surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Partnership, the Trustee or the Registrar) be duly endorsed or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Partnership, the Trustee and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

          All Debt Securities issued in exchange for or upon transfer of Debt Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Partnership, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Debt Securities surrendered for such exchange or transfer.

          No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debt Securities (except as provided by Section 2.09), but the Partnership may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto, other than those expressly provided in this Indenture to be made at the Partnership’s own expense or without expense or without charge to the Holders.

          The Partnership shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Debt Securities for a period of 15 days next preceding any mailing of notice of redemption of Debt Securities of such series or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Debt Securities selected, called or being called for redemption.

          Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Debt Security, the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, any paying agent or any Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Debt Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Debt Security for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, and premium, if any, and (subject to Section 2.12) interest on, such Debt Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Debt Security is overdue, and none of the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, any paying agent or any Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

          None of the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, any agent of the Trustee, any paying agent or any Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests of a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

          Section 2.08 Temporary Debt Securities. Pending the preparation of definitive Debt Securities of any series, the Partnership may execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary Debt Securities (printed, lithographed, photocopied, typewritten or otherwise produced) of any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive Debt Securities in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Debt Securities, all as may be determined by the Partnership with the concurrence of the Trustee. Temporary Debt Securities may contain such reference to any provisions of this Indenture as may be appropriate. Every temporary Debt Security shall be executed by the Partnership and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with like effect, as the definitive Debt Securities.

          If temporary Debt Securities of any series are issued, the Partnership will cause definitive Debt Securities of such series

8

to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Debt Securities of such series, the temporary Debt Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Debt Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Debt Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Partnership at a Place of Payment for such series, without charge to the Holder thereof, except as provided in Section 2.07 in connection with a transfer. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Debt Securities of any series, the Partnership shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Debt Securities of the same series of authorized denominations and of like tenor. Until so exchanged, temporary Debt Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Debt Securities of such series.

          Upon any exchange of a portion of a temporary Global Security for a definitive Global Security or for the individual Debt Securities represented thereby pursuant to Section 2.07 or this Section 2.08, the temporary Global Security shall be endorsed by the Trustee to reflect the reduction of the principal amount evidenced thereby, whereupon the principal amount of such temporary Global Security shall be reduced for all purposes by the amount to be exchanged and endorsed.

          Section 2.09 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debt Securities. If (a) any mutilated Debt Security is surrendered to the Trustee at its corporate trust office or (b) the Partnership and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Debt Security, and there is delivered to the Partnership and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any paying agent harmless, and neither the Partnership nor the Trustee receives notice that such Debt Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, then the Partnership shall execute and, upon a Partnership Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Security, a new Debt Security of the same series of like tenor, form, terms and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously Outstanding. Upon the issuance of any substituted Debt Security, the Partnership or the Trustee may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Debt Security which has matured or is about to mature or which has been called for redemption shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Partnership may, instead of issuing a substituted Debt Security, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Debt Security) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish the Partnership and the Trustee with such security or indemnity as either may require to save it harmless from all risk, however remote, and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence to the satisfaction of the Partnership and the Trustee of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debt Security and of the ownership thereof.

          Every substituted Debt Security of any series issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.09 by virtue of the fact that any Debt Security is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Partnership, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Security shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Debt Securities of that series duly issued hereunder. All Debt Securities shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Securities, and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies, notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

          Section 2.10 Cancellation of Surrendered Debt Securities. All Debt Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Partnership or any paying agent or a Registrar, be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation by it, or if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be canceled by it, and no Debt Securities shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. All canceled Debt Securities held by the Trustee shall be destroyed (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) and certification of their destruction delivered to the Partnership, unless otherwise directed. On request of the Partnership, the Trustee shall deliver to the Partnership canceled Debt Securities held by the Trustee. If the Partnership shall acquire any of the Debt Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Debt represented thereby unless and until the same are delivered or surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Partnership may not issue new Debt Securities to replace Debt Securities it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

          Section 2.11 Provisions of the Indenture and Debt Securities for the Sole Benefit of the Parties and the Holders. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities, expressed or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, the Holders or any Registrar or paying agent, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Indenture, or under any covenant, condition or provision herein contained; all its covenants, conditions and provisions being for the sole benefit of the parties hereto, the Holders and any Registrar and paying agents.

          Section 2.12 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.

          (a) Interest on any Debt Security that is payable and is punctually paid or duly provided for on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Debt Security is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest notwithstanding the cancellation of such Debt Security upon any transfer or exchange subsequent to

9

the regular record date. Payment of interest on Debt Securities shall be made at the corporate trust office of the Trustee (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.03), or at the option of the Partnership, by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Debt Security Register or, if provided pursuant to Section 2.03 and in accordance with arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee, at the option of the Holder by wire transfer to an account designated by the Holder.

          (b) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and Section 2.17, each Debt Security of a particular series delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Debt Security of the same series shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Debt Security.

          Section 2.13 Securities Denominated in Dollars. Except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.03 for Debt Securities of any series, payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, Debt Securities of such series will be made in Dollars.

          Section 2.14 Wire Transfers. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in this Indenture, the Partnership may make any payment of moneys required to be deposited with the Trustee on account of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Debt Securities (whether pursuant to optional or mandatory redemption payments, interest payments or otherwise) by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account designated by the Trustee before 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date such moneys are to be paid to the Holders of the Debt Securities in accordance with the terms hereof.

          Section 2.15 Securities Issuable in the Form of a Global Security.

          (a) If the Partnership shall establish pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.03 that the Debt Securities of a particular series are to be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, then the Partnership shall execute and the Trustee or its agent shall, in accordance with Section 2.05, authenticate and deliver, such Global Security or Securities, which shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, the Outstanding Debt Securities of such series to be represented by such Global Security or Securities, or such portion thereof as the Partnership shall specify in an Officers’ Certificate, shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Security or Securities or its nominee, shall be delivered by the Trustee or its agent to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s instruction and shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect:

          “UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

          TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.”

or such other legend as may then be required by the Depositary for such Global Security or Securities.

          (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.15 or of Section 2.07 to the contrary, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (c) below, unless the terms of a Global Security expressly permit such Global Security to be exchanged in whole or in part for definitive Debt Securities in registered form, a Global Security may be transferred, in whole but not in part and in the manner provided in Section 2.07, only by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary for such Global Security, or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary to a successor Depositary for such Global Security selected or approved by the Partnership, or to a nominee of such successor Depositary.

          (c) (i) If at any time the Depositary for a Global Security or Securities notifies the Partnership that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or Securities or if at any time the Depositary for the Debt Securities for such series shall no longer be eligible or in good standing under the Exchange Act or other applicable statute, rule or regulation, the Partnership shall appoint a successor Depositary with respect to such Global Security or Securities. If a successor Depositary for such Global Security or Securities is not appointed by the Partnership within 90 days after the Partnership receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the Partnership shall execute, and the Trustee or its agent,

10

upon receipt of a Partnership Order for the authentication and delivery of such individual Debt Securities of such series in exchange for such Global Security or Securities, will authenticate and deliver, individual Debt Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in definitive form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security or Securities in exchange for such Global Security or Securities.

     (ii) If an Event of Default occurs and the Depositary for a Global Security or Securities notifies the Trustee of its decision to require that the Debt Securities of any series or portion thereof issued or issuable in the form of one or more Global Securities shall no longer be represented by such Global Security or Securities, the Partnership shall appoint a successor Depositary with respect to such Global Security or Securities. In such event the Partnership will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Partnership Order for the authentication and delivery of individual Debt Securities of such series in exchange in whole or in part for such Global Security or Securities, will authenticate and deliver individual Debt Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in definitive form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such series or portion thereof in exchange for such Global Security or Securities.

     (iii) If specified by the Partnership pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.03 with respect to Debt Securities issued or issuable in the form of a Global Security, the Depositary for such Global Security may surrender such Global Security in exchange in whole or in part for individual Debt Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in definitive form on such terms as are acceptable to the Partnership, the Trustee and such Depositary. Thereupon the Partnership shall execute, and the Trustee or its agent upon receipt of a Partnership Order for the authentication and delivery of definitive Debt Securities of such series shall authenticate and deliver, without service charge, to each Person specified by such Depositary a new Debt Security or Securities of the same series of like tenor and terms and of any authorized denomination as requested by such Person in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for such Person’s beneficial interest in the Global Security; and to such Depositary a new Global Security of like tenor and terms and in an authorized denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the principal amount of the surrendered Global Security and the aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities delivered to Holders thereof.

     (iv) In any exchange provided for in any of the preceding three paragraphs, the Partnership will execute and the Trustee or its agent will authenticate and deliver individual Debt Securities. Upon the exchange of the entire principal amount of a Global Security for individual Debt Securities, such Global Security shall be canceled by the Trustee or its agent. Except as provided in the preceding paragraph, Debt Securities issued in exchange for a Global Security pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary for such Global Security, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee or the Registrar. The Trustee or the Registrar shall deliver such Debt Securities to the Persons in whose names such Debt Securities are so registered.

     (v) Payments in respect of the principal of and interest on any Debt Securities registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee will be payable to the Depositary or such nominee in its capacity as the registered owner of such Global Security. The Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name the Debt Securities, including the Global Security, are registered as the owner thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. None of the Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, any Registrar, the paying agent or any agent of the Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of the beneficial ownership interests of the Global Security by the Depositary or its nominee or any of the Depositary’s direct or indirect participants, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of the Depositary, its nominee or any of its direct or indirect participants relating to the beneficial ownership interests of the Global Security, the payments to the beneficial owners of the Global Security of amounts paid to the Depositary or its nominee, or any other matter relating to the actions and practices of the Depositary, its nominee or any of its direct or indirect participants. None of the Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee or any such agent will be liable for any delay by the Depositary, its nominee, or any of its direct or indirect participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the Debt Securities, and the Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from the Depositary or its nominee for all purposes (including with respect to the registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of the Debt Securities to be issued).

          Section 2.16 Medium Term Securities. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, if all Debt Securities of a series are not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be necessary for the Partnership to deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, resolutions of the Board of Directors, supplemental Indenture, Opinion of Counsel or written order or any other document otherwise required pursuant to Section 2.01, 2.03, 2.05 or 13.05 at or prior to the time of authentication of each Debt Security of such series if such documents are delivered to the Trustee or its agent at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first such Debt Security of such series to be issued; provided, that any subsequent request by the Partnership to the Trustee to authenticate Debt Securities of such series upon original issuance shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Partnership that, as of the date of such request, the statements made in the Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.05

11

or 13.05 shall be true and correct as if made on such date and that the Opinion of Counsel delivered at or prior to such time of authentication of an original issuance of Debt Securities shall specifically state that it shall relate to all subsequent issuances of Debt Securities of such series that are identical to the Debt Securities issued in the first issuance of Debt Securities of such series.

          A Partnership Order delivered by the Partnership to the Trustee in the circumstances set forth in the preceding paragraph, may provide that Debt Securities which are the subject thereof will be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or its agent on original issue from time to time upon the telephonic or written order of Persons designated in such written order (any such telephonic instructions to be promptly confirmed in writing by such Person) and that such Persons are authorized to determine, consistent with the Officers’ Certificate, supplemental Indenture or resolution of the Board of Directors relating to such written order, such terms and conditions of such Debt Securities as are specified in such Officers’ Certificate, supplemental Indenture or such resolution.

          Section 2.17 Defaulted Interest. Any interest on any Debt Security of a particular series which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on the dates and in the manner provided in the Debt Securities of such series and in this Indenture (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder thereof on the relevant record date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Partnership, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (i) or (ii) below:

     (i) The Partnership may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Debt Securities of such series are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Partnership shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Debt Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Partnership shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Partnership of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Partnership, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage pre-paid, to each Holder thereof at its address as it appears in the Debt Security Register, not less than 10 days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Debt Securities of such series are registered at the close of business on such special record date.

     (ii) The Partnership may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Debt Securities of such series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Debt Securities of such series may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Partnership to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

          Section 2.18 CUSIP Numbers. The Partnership in issuing the Debt Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Debt Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Debt Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Partnership will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

ARTICLE III
REDEMPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES

          Section 3.01 Applicability of Article. The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to the Debt Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.03 for Debt Securities of such series.

          Section 3.02 Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debt Securities. In case the Partnership shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all or, as the case may be, any part of the Debt Securities of any series in accordance with their terms, by resolution of the Board of Directors or a supplemental Indenture, the Partnership shall fix a date for redemption and shall give notice of such redemption at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the Holders of Debt Securities of such series so to be redeemed as a whole or in part, in the manner provided in Section 13.03. The notice if given in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such

12

notice. In any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Debt Security of a series designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Debt Security of such series.

          Each such notice of redemption shall specify (i) the date fixed for redemption, (ii) the redemption price at which Debt Securities of such series are to be redeemed (or the method of calculating such redemption price), (iii) the Place or Places of Payment that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Debt Securities, (iv) that any interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, (v) that the redemption is for a sinking fund payment (if applicable), (vi) that, unless otherwise specified in such notice, if the Partnership defaults in making such redemption payment, the paying agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, (vii) that on and after said date any interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue, (viii) that in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities original issue discount accrued after the date fixed for redemption will cease to accrue, (ix) the terms of the Debt Securities of that series pursuant to which the Debt Securities of that series are being redeemed and (x) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Debt Securities of that series. If less than all the Debt Securities of a series are to be redeemed the notice of redemption shall specify the certificate numbers of any Debt Securities of that series to be redeemed that are not in global form. In case any Debt Security of a series is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for redemption, upon surrender of such Debt Security, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities of that series in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof, will be issued.

          At least five days before the giving of any notice of redemption, unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period, the Partnership shall give written notice to the Trustee of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Debt Securities to be redeemed and the series and terms of the Debt Securities pursuant to which such redemption will occur. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from the Partnership to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein, and such notice may be revoked at any time prior to the giving of a notice of redemption to the Holders pursuant to this Section 3.02. If fewer than all the Debt Securities of a series are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Partnership and given in writing to the Trustee, which record date shall be not less than three days after the date of notice to the Trustee.

          By 11 a.m., New York City time, on the Redemption Date for any Debt Securities, the Partnership shall deposit with the Trustee or with a paying agent (or, if the Partnership is acting as its own paying agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount of money in Dollars (except as provided pursuant to Section 2.03) sufficient to pay the redemption price of such Debt Securities or any portions thereof that are to be redeemed on that date, together with any interest accrued to the Redemption Date.

          If less than all the Debt Securities of like tenor and terms of a series are to be redeemed (other than pursuant to mandatory sinking fund redemptions), the Trustee shall select, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debt Securities of that series or portions thereof (in multiples of $1,000) to be redeemed. In any case where more than one Debt Security of such series is registered in the same name, the Trustee in its discretion may treat the aggregate principal amount so registered as if it were represented by one Debt Security of such series. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Partnership in writing of the Debt Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Debt Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. If any Debt Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof on such Redemption Date, the principal, premium, if any, and interest shall bear interest until paid from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Debt Securities of that series. If less than all the Debt Securities of unlike tenor and terms of a series are to be redeemed, the particular Debt Securities to be redeemed shall be selected by the Partnership. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Debt Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Debt Securities called for redemption.

          Section 3.03 Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption. If notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 3.02, the Debt Securities or portions of Debt Securities of the series with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the date and at the Place or Places of Payment stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price, together with any interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption, and on and after said date (unless the Partnership shall default in the payment of such Debt Securities at the applicable redemption price, together with any interest accrued to said date) any interest on the Debt Securities or portions of Debt Securities of any series so called for redemption shall cease to accrue, and any original issue discount in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities shall cease to accrue. On presentation and surrender of such Debt Securities at the Place or Places of Payment in said notice specified, the said Debt Securities or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Partnership at the applicable redemption price, together with any interest accrued thereon to the date fixed for redemption.

          Any Debt Security that is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the Place of Payment with, if the Partnership, the Registrar or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Partnership, the Registrar and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and the Partnership shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Debt Security without service charge, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities of the same series, of like tenor and form, of any authorized denomination

13

as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Debt Security so surrendered; except that if a Global Security is so surrendered, the Partnership shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Depositary for such Global Security, without service charge, a new Global Security in a denomination equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Global Security so surrendered. In the case of a Debt Security providing appropriate space for such notation, at the option of the Holder thereof, the Trustee, in lieu of delivering a new Debt Security or Debt Securities as aforesaid, may make a notation on such Debt Security of the payment of the redeemed portion thereof.

          Section 3.04 Mandatory and Optional Sinking Funds. The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Debt Securities of any series, resolution of the Board of Directors or a supplemental Indenture is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment,” and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Debt Securities of any series, resolution of the Board of Directors or a supplemental Indenture is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment.”

          In lieu of making all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to any Debt Securities of a series in cash, the Partnership may at its option (a) deliver to the Trustee Debt Securities of that series theretofore purchased or otherwise acquired by the Partnership or (b) receive credit for the principal amount of Debt Securities of that series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of such Debt Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Debt Securities, resolution or supplemental Indenture; provided, that such Debt Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Debt Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the redemption price specified in such Debt Securities, resolution or supplemental Indenture for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such mandatory sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

          Section 3.05 Redemption of Debt Securities for Sinking Fund. Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of Debt Securities, the Partnership will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, any resolution or supplemental Indenture, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Debt Securities of that series pursuant to this Section 3.05 (which Debt Securities, if not previously redeemed, will accompany such certificate) and whether the Partnership intends to exercise its right to make any permitted optional sinking fund payment with respect to such series. Such certificate shall also state that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to such series. Such certificate shall be irrevocable and upon its delivery the Partnership shall be obligated to make the cash payment or payments therein referred to, if any, by 11 a.m., New York City time, on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date. Failure of the Partnership to deliver such certificate (or to deliver the Debt Securities specified in this paragraph) shall not constitute a Default, but such failure shall require that the sinking fund payment due on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date for that series shall be paid entirely in cash and shall be sufficient to redeem the principal amount of such Debt Securities subject to a mandatory sinking fund payment without the option to deliver or credit Debt Securities as provided in this Section 3.05 and without the right to make any optional sinking fund payment, if any, with respect to such series.

          Any sinking fund payment or payments (mandatory or optional) made in cash plus any unused balance of any preceding sinking fund payments made in cash which shall equal or exceed $100,000 (or a lesser sum if the Partnership shall so request) with respect to the Debt Securities of any particular series shall be applied by the Trustee on the sinking fund payment date on which such payment is made (or, if such payment is made before a sinking fund payment date, on the sinking fund payment date following the date of such payment) to the redemption of such Debt Securities at the redemption price specified in such Debt Securities, resolution or supplemental Indenture for operation of the sinking fund together with any accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption. Any sinking fund moneys not so applied or allocated by the Trustee to the redemption of Debt Securities shall be added to the next cash sinking fund payment received by the Trustee for such series and, together with such payment, shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.05. Any and all sinking fund moneys with respect to the Debt Securities of any particular series held by the Trustee on the last sinking fund payment date with respect to Debt Securities of such series and not held for the payment or redemption of particular Debt Securities shall be applied by the Trustee, together with other moneys, if necessary, to be deposited sufficient for the purpose, to the payment of the principal of the Debt Securities of that series at its Stated Maturity.

          The Trustee shall select the Debt Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in the last paragraph of Section 3.02 and the Partnership shall cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the manner provided in Section 3.02 except that the notice of redemption shall also state that the Debt Securities are being redeemed by operation of the sinking fund. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Debt Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Section 3.03.

          The Trustee shall not redeem any Debt Securities of a series with sinking fund moneys or mail any notice of redemption of such Debt Securities by operation of the sinking fund for such series during the continuance of a Default in payment of interest on such Debt Securities or of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default occurring as a

14

consequence of this paragraph) with respect to such Debt Securities, except that if the notice of redemption of any such Debt Securities shall theretofore have been mailed in accordance with the provisions hereof, the Trustee shall redeem such Debt Securities if cash sufficient for that purpose shall be deposited with the Trustee for that purpose in accordance with the terms of this Article III. Except as aforesaid, any moneys in the sinking fund for such series at the time when any such Default or Event of Default shall occur and any moneys thereafter paid into such sinking fund shall, during the continuance of such Default or Event of Default, be held as security for the payment of such Debt Securities; provided, however, that in case such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived as provided herein, such moneys shall thereafter be applied on the next sinking fund payment date for such Debt Securities on which such moneys may be applied pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.05.

ARTICLE IV
PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

          Section 4.01 Payment of Principal of, and Premium, If Any, and Interest on, Debt Securities. The Partnership, for the benefit of each series of Debt Securities, will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, each of the Debt Securities at the place, at the respective times and in the manner provided herein or in the Debt Securities. Each installment of interest on any Debt Securities not in global form may at the Partnership’s option be paid by mailing checks for such interest payable to the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 2.07(a) to the address of such Person as it appears on the Debt Security Register.

          Principal of and premium and interest on Debt Securities of any series shall be considered paid on the date due if, by 11 a.m., New York City time, on such date the Trustee or any paying agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium and interest then due.

          The Partnership shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any, at the rate specified therefor in the Debt Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

          Section 4.02 Maintenance of Offices or Agencies for Registration of Transfer, Exchange and Payment of Debt Securities. The Partnership will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Debt Securities an office or agency where Debt Securities of such series may be presented or surrendered for payment, and it shall also maintain (in or outside such Place of Payment) an office or agency where Debt Securities of such series may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Partnership in respect of the Debt Securities of such series and this Indenture may be served. The Partnership will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Partnership shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the office of the Trustee where its corporate trust business is principally administered in the United States, and the Partnership hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

          The Partnership may also from time to time designate different or additional offices or agencies to be maintained for such purposes (in or outside of such Place of Payment), and may from time to time rescind any such designation; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Partnership of its obligations described in the preceding paragraph. The Partnership will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such additional designation or rescission of designation and any change in the location of any such different or additional office or agency.

          Section 4.03 Appointment to Fill a Vacancy in the Office of Trustee. The Partnership, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 7.08, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to each series of Debt Securities.

          Section 4.04 Duties of Paying Agents, etc.

          (a) The Partnership shall cause each paying agent, if any, other than the Trustee, to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04,

     (i) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, the Debt Securities of any series (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Partnership or by any other obligor on the Debt Securities of such series) in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Debt Securities of such series;

     (ii) that it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Partnership (or by any other obligor on the Debt Securities of such series) to make any payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, the Debt Securities of such series when the same shall be due and payable; and

     (iii) that it will at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held by it as such agent.

15

          (b) If the Partnership shall act as its own paying agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, the Debt Securities of any series, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Debt Securities of such series a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest so becoming due. The Partnership will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure by the Partnership to take such action or the failure by any other obligor on such Debt Securities to make any payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, such Debt Securities when the same shall be due and payable.

          (c) Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Partnership may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust by it or any paying agent, as required by this Section 4.04, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Partnership or such paying agent.

          (d) Whenever the Partnership shall have one or more paying agents with respect to any series of Debt Securities, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, any Debt Securities of such series, deposit with any such paying agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal, premium or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto, and (unless any such paying agent is the Trustee) the Partnership will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

          (e) Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 4.04 is subject to the provisions of Section 11.05.

          Section 4.05 SEC Reports; Financial Statements.

          (a) The Partnership shall, so long as any of the Debt Securities are Outstanding, file with the Trustee, within 30 days after it files the same with the SEC, copies of the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that the Partnership is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. If the Partnership is not subject to the requirements of such Section 13 or 15(d), the Partnership shall file with the Trustee, within 30 days after it would have been required to file the same with the SEC, financial statements, including any notes thereto (and with respect to annual reports, an auditors’ report by a firm of established national reputation), and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” both comparable to that which the Partnership would have been required to include in such annual reports, information, documents or other reports if the Partnership had been subject to the requirements of such Section 13 or 15(d). The Partnership shall also comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(a).

          (b) The Partnership shall provide the Trustee with a sufficient number of copies of all reports and other documents and information that the Trustee may be required to deliver to Holders under this Section.

          (c) The Partnership shall, so long as any of the Debt Securities are Outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days of any Officer of the Partnership becoming aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Event of Default and what action the Partnership is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

          Section 4.06 Compliance Certificate.

          (a) The Partnership and any Subsidiary Guarantor shall, so long as any of the Debt Securities are Outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers of the Partnership with a view to determining whether each of the Partnership and any Subsidiary Guarantor has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his knowledge each of the Partnership and any Subsidiary Guarantor has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions hereof, without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice required by this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which such Officer may have knowledge and what action the Partnership or any Subsidiary Guarantor is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

          (b) The Partnership shall, so long as any of the Debt Securities are Outstanding, deliver to the Trustee within 30 days after the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default under this Indenture, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default, the status thereof and what action the Partnership is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

16

          Section 4.07 Further Instruments and Acts. The Partnership will, upon request of the Trustee, execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may reasonably be necessary or proper to carry out more effectually the purposes of this Indenture.

          Section 4.08 Existence. Except as permitted by Article X hereof, the Partnership shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and all rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the Partnership, provided that the Partnership shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Partnership.

          Section 4.09 Maintenance of Properties. The Partnership shall cause all properties owned by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries or used or held for use in the conduct of its business or the business of any such Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Partnership may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Partnership from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Partnership, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any such Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

          Section 4.10 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Partnership shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that the Partnership shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

          Section 4.11 Waiver of Certain Covenants. The Partnership and the Subsidiary Guarantors may, with respect to the Debt Securities of any series, omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant set forth in this Article IV (except Sections 4.01 through 4.08) or made applicable to such Debt Securities pursuant to Section 2.03, if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of each series affected, waive such compliance in such instance with such covenant, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Partnership and the Subsidiary Guarantors and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant shall remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE V
HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE TRUSTEE

          Section 5.01 Partnership to Furnish Trustee Information as to Names and Addresses of Holders; Preservation of Information. The Partnership covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities of each series:

          (a) not more than 10 days after each record date with respect to the payment of interest, if any, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such record date, and

          (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Partnership of any such request, a list of similar form and contents as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

provided, however, that so long as the Trustee shall be the Registrar, such lists shall not be required to be furnished.

          The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the Holders (i) contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in this Section 5.01 or (ii) received by it in the capacity of paying agent or Registrar (if so acting) hereunder.

          The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in this Section 5.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

          Section 5.02 Communications to Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Debt Securities. The Partnership, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA.

17

          Section 5.03 Reports by Trustee. Within 60 days after each January 31, beginning with the first January 31 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event on or before April 1 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a brief report dated as of such January 31 that complies with TIA Section 313(a); provided, however, that if no event described in TIA Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted. The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b).

          Reports pursuant to this Section 5.03 shall be transmitted by mail:

          (a) to all Holders, as the names and addresses of such Holders appear in the Debt Security Register; and

          (b) except in the cases of reports under Section 313(b)(2) of the TIA, to each Holder of a Debt Security of any series whose name and address appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 5.01.

          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Debt Securities of any series are listed. The Partnership agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Debt Securities of any series become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

          Section 5.04 Record Dates for Action by Holders. If the Partnership shall solicit from the Holders of Debt Securities of any series any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any direction, notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the Partnership may, at its option, by resolution of the Board of Directors, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders of Debt Securities entitled to take such action, but the Partnership shall have no obligation to do so. Any such record date shall be fixed at the Partnership’s discretion. If such a record date is fixed, such action may be sought or given before or after the record date, but only the Holders of Debt Securities of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders of Debt Securities for the purpose of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Debt Securities of such series Outstanding have authorized or agreed or consented to such action, and for that purpose the Debt Securities of such series Outstanding shall be computed as of such record date.

ARTICLE VI
REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND HOLDERS IN EVENT OF DEFAULT

          Section 6.01 Events of Default. If any one or more of the following shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Debt Securities of any series (each of the following, an “Event of Default”):

          (a) default in the payment of any installment of interest upon any Debt Securities of that series as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 60 days; or

          (b) default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Debt Securities of that series as and when the same shall become due and payable, whether at Stated Maturity, upon redemption, by declaration, upon required repurchase or otherwise; or

          (c) default in the payment of any sinking fund payment with respect to any Debt Securities of that series as and when the same shall become due and payable; or

          (d) failure on the part of the Partnership, or if any series of Debt Securities Outstanding under this Indenture is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, duly to observe or perform any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Partnership, or if applicable, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, in the Debt Securities of that series, in any resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the issuance of that series of Debt Securities, in this Indenture with respect to such series or in any supplemental Indenture with respect to such series (other than a covenant a default in the performance of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), continuing for a period of 30 days after the date on which written notice specifying such failure and requiring the Partnership, or if applicable, the Subsidiary Guarantors, to remedy the same shall have been given to the Partnership, or if applicable, the Subsidiary Guarantors, by the Trustee or to the Partnership, or if applicable, the Subsidiary Guarantors, and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of that series at the time Outstanding; or

          (e) the Partnership, or if any series of Debt Securities Outstanding under this Indenture is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law,

     (i) commences a voluntary case,

     (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

18

     (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or

     (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

          (f) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

     (i) is for relief against the Partnership, or if any series of Debt Securities Outstanding under this Indenture is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, as debtor in an involuntary case,

     (ii) appoints a Custodian of the Partnership, or if any series of Debt Securities Outstanding under this Indenture is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, or a Custodian for all or substantially all of the property of the Partnership, or if applicable, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, or

     (iii) orders the liquidation of the Partnership, or if any series of Debt Securities Outstanding under this Indenture is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors,

          and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

          (g) if any series of Debt Securities Outstanding under this Indenture is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee, the Guarantee of any of the Subsidiary Guarantors ceases to be in full force and effect with respect to Debt Securities of that series (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or such Guarantee; or

          (h) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Debt Securities of that series;

then and in each and every case that an Event of Default described in clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (g), or (h) with respect to Debt Securities of that series at the time Outstanding occurs with respect to the Partnership and is continuing, unless the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Debt Securities of that series shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of that series then Outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Partnership (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the principal of (or, if the Debt Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Debt Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of that series), premium, if any, and interest on all the Debt Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities of that series contained to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default described in clause (e) or (f) occurs with respect to the Partnership, then and in each and every such case, unless the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Debt Securities shall have become due and payable, the principal of (or, if the Debt Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Debt Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms thereof), premium, if any, and interest on all the Debt Securities then Outstanding hereunder shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders, anything in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities contained to the contrary notwithstanding.

          The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of a particular series by written notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction already rendered and if all existing Events of Default with respect to that series have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration. Upon any such rescission, the parties hereto shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the parties hereto shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.

          Section 6.02 Collection of Debt by Trustee, etc. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any action or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid or enforce the performance of any provision of the Debt Securities of the affected series or this Indenture, and may prosecute any such action or proceedings to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Partnership or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities of such series (and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Partnership or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities of such series wherever situated the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable).

          In case there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Partnership or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities of any series under any Bankruptcy Law, or in case a Custodian shall have been appointed for its property, or in case of any other similar judicial proceedings relative to any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Partnership or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities of any series, its creditors or its property,

19

the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of Debt Securities of any series shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.02, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest (or, if the Debt Securities of such series are Original Issue Discount Debt Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such series) owing and unpaid in respect of the Debt Securities of such series, and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee except as a result of its negligence or bad faith) and of the Holders thereof allowed in any such judicial proceedings relative to any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Partnership, or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities of such series, its creditors or its property, and to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute all amounts received with respect to the claims of such Holders and of the Trustee on their behalf, and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby authorized by each of such Holders to make payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of payments directly to such Holders, to pay to the Trustee such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee except as a result of its negligence or bad faith.

          All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Debt Securities of any series, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any such Debt Securities, or the production thereof in any trial or other proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or proceedings instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment (except for any amounts payable to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.06) shall be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of all the Debt Securities in respect of which such action was taken.

          In case of an Event of Default hereunder the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

          Section 6.03 Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee. Any moneys or other property collected by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.02 with respect to Debt Securities of any series shall be applied, in the order following, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such moneys or other property, upon presentation of the several Debt Securities of such series in respect of which moneys or other property have been collected, and the notation thereon of the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

          FIRST: To the payment of all money due the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.06;

          SECOND: In case the principal of the Outstanding Debt Securities in respect of which such moneys have been collected shall not have become due, to the payment of interest on the Debt Securities of such series in the order of the maturity of the installments of such interest, with interest (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon the overdue installments of interest at the rate or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Debt Securities) borne by the Debt Securities of such series, such payments to be made ratably to the Persons entitled thereto, without discrimination or preference;

          THIRD: In case the principal of the Outstanding Debt Securities in respect of which such moneys have been collected shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, to the payment of the whole amount then owing and unpaid upon the Debt Securities of such series for principal and premium, if any, and interest, with interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Debt Securities) borne by the Debt Securities of such series; and, in case such moneys shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due and unpaid upon the Debt Securities of such series, then to the payment of such principal and premium, if any, and interest, without preference or priority of principal and premium, if any, over interest, or of interest over principal and premium, if any, or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Debt Security of such series over any Debt Security of such series, ratably to the aggregate of such principal and premium, if any, and interest; and

          FOURTH: The remainder, if any, shall be paid to the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Partnership, as applicable, its successors or assigns, or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

          The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.03. At least 15 days before such record date, the Partnership shall mail to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

20

          Section 6.04 Limitation on Suits by Holders. No Holder of any Debt Security of any series shall have any right by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any action or proceeding at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise, upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default with respect to Debt Securities of that same series and of the continuance thereof and unless the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of that series shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action or proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity or security as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Trustee, for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity or security shall have failed to institute any such action or proceedings and no direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.06; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the Holder of every Debt Security with every other Holder and the Trustee, that no one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any Holders, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all such Holders. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section 6.04, each and every Holder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

          Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, however, the right of any Holder of any Debt Security to receive payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and (subject to Section 2.12) interest on, such Debt Security, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Debt Security, and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

          Section 6.05 Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission in Exercise of Rights Not a Waiver of Default. All powers and remedies given by this Article VI to the Trustee or to the Holders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any thereof or of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the Holders, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid, shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 6.04, every power and remedy given by this Article VI or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders.

          Section 6.06 Rights of Holders of Majority in Principal Amount of Debt Securities to Direct Trustee and to Waive Default. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of any series at the time Outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or of exercising any right, trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Debt Securities of such series; provided, however, that such direction shall not be otherwise than in accordance with law and the provisions of this Indenture, and that subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee being advised by counsel shall determine that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or is inconsistent with any provision of this Indenture, or if the Trustee shall by a responsible officer or officers determine that the action so directed would involve it in personal liability or would be unduly prejudicial to Holders of Debt Securities of such series not taking part in such direction; and provided, further, however, that nothing in this Indenture contained shall impair the right of the Trustee to take any action deemed proper by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction by such Holders. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of any series at the time Outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all the Debt Securities of that series waive any past Default or Event of Default and its consequences for that series, except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Debt Securities and a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected thereby. In case of any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, and the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders of the Debt Securities of that series shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

          Section 6.07 Trustee to Give Notice of Events of Defaults Known to It, but May Withhold Such Notice in Certain Circumstances. The Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of an Event of Default, or if later, within 30 days after the Trustee obtains actual knowledge of the Event of Default, with respect to a series of Debt Securities give to the Holders thereof, in the manner provided in Section 13.03, notice of all Events of Default with respect to such series known to the Trustee, unless such Events of Default shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice; provided, that, except in the case of an Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Debt Securities of such series or in the making of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Debt Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a committee of directors or

21

responsible officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders thereof.

          Section 6.08 Requirement of an Undertaking to Pay Costs in Certain Suits under the Indenture or Against the Trustee. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Debt Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit in the manner and to the extent provided in the TIA, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 6.08 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 25 percent in principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of that series or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any Debt Security on or after the due date for such payment expressed in such Debt Security.

ARTICLE VII
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

          Section 7.01 Certain Duties and Responsibilities. The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. In case an Event of Default has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

          No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, its own bad faith or its own willful misconduct, except that:

          (a) this paragraph shall not be construed to limit the effect of the first paragraph of this Section 7.01;

          (b) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities of a series and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default with respect to such series which may have occurred:

          (i) the duties and obligations of the Trustee with respect to Debt Securities of any series shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations with respect to such series as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to such series shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee;

          (ii) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture; but the Trustee shall examine the evidence furnished to it pursuant to Sections 4.05 and 4.06 to determine whether or not such evidence conforms to the requirement of this Indenture;

          (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable for an error of judgment made in good faith by a responsible officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

          (iv) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it with respect to Debt Securities of any series in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of that series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to Debt Securities of such series.

          None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

          Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

22

          Section 7.02 Certain Rights of Trustee. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01:

          (a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

          (b) any request, direction, order or demand of the Partnership mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Partnership Order (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Partnership;

          (c) the Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

          (d) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders of Debt Securities of any series pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby;

          (e) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

          (f) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing of all Events of Default which may have occurred, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, approval or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Debt Securities of a series affected by such matter; provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is not, in the opinion of the Trustee, reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such costs, expenses or liabilities as a condition to so proceeding, and the reasonable expense of every such investigation shall be paid by the Partnership or, if paid by the Trustee, shall be repaid by the Partnership upon demand;

          (g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder; and

          (h) if any property other than cash shall at any time be subject to a Lien in favor of the Holders, the Trustee, if and to the extent authorized by a receivership or bankruptcy court of competent jurisdiction or by the supplemental instrument subjecting such property to such Lien, shall be entitled to make advances for the purpose of preserving such property or of discharging tax Liens or other prior Liens or encumbrances thereon.

          Section 7.03 Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Indenture or in Debt Securities. The recitals contained herein, in the Debt Securities (except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Partnership, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Debt Securities of any series, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Debt Securities and perform its obligations hereunder, and that the statements made by it or to be made by it in a Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 supplied to the Partnership are true and accurate. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Partnership of any of the Debt Securities or of the proceeds thereof.

          Section 7.04 Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar May Own Debt Securities. The Trustee or any paying agent or Registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Debt Securities and subject to the provisions of the TIA relating to conflicts of interest and preferential claims may otherwise deal with the Partnership with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, paying agent or Registrar.

          Section 7.05 Moneys Received by Trustee to Be Held in Trust. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.05, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they

23

were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any moneys received by it hereunder. So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed on any such moneys shall be paid from time to time to the Partnership upon a Partnership Order.

          Section 7.06 Compensation and Reimbursement. The Partnership covenants and agrees to pay in Dollars to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust), and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Partnership will pay or reimburse in Dollars the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents, attorneys and counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ), including without limitation, Section 6.02, except any such expense, disbursement or advances as may arise from its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Partnership also covenants to indemnify in Dollars the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or trusts hereunder, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. The obligations of the Partnership under this Section 7.06 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional Debt hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. The Partnership and the Holders agree that such additional Debt shall be secured by a Lien prior to that of the Debt Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee, as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, particular Debt Securities.

          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

          Section 7.07 Right of Trustee to Rely on an Officers’ Certificate Where No Other Evidence Specifically Prescribed. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee and such certificate, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

          Section 7.08 Separate Trustee; Replacement of Trustee. The Partnership may, but need not, appoint a separate Trustee for any one or more series of Debt Securities. The Trustee may resign with respect to one or more or all series of Debt Securities at any time by giving notice to the Partnership. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Debt Securities of a particular series may remove the Trustee for such series and only such series by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Partnership shall remove the Trustee if:

          (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

          (b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

          (c) a Custodian takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

          (d) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

          If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Partnership or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Debt Securities of a particular series and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Partnership shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Section 7.08.

          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Partnership. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders of Debt Securities of each applicable series. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.06.

24

          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee gives notice of resignation or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the Debt Securities of any applicable series may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee for the Debt Securities of such series.

          If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder of Debt Securities of any applicable series may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee for the Debt Securities of such series.

          Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Partnership’s obligations under Section 7.06 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

          In the case of the appointment hereunder of a separate or successor Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities of one or more series, the Partnership, any retiring Trustee and each successor or separate Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities of any applicable series shall execute and deliver an Indenture supplemental hereto (i) which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of any retiring Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities of any series as to which any such retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in such retiring Trustee and (ii) that shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental Indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such separate, retiring or successor Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee.

          Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

          In case at the time such successor or successors to the Trustee by merger, conversion, consolidation or transfer shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Debt Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Debt Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Debt Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Debt Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Debt Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

          Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. No obligor upon the Debt Securities of a particular series or Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such obligor shall serve as Trustee for the Debt Securities of such series. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA this Indenture or any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Partnership are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met.

          Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Partnership. The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated therein.

          Section 7.12 Compliance with Tax Laws. The Trustee hereby agrees to comply with all U.S. Federal income tax information reporting and withholding requirements applicable to it with respect to payments of premium (if any) and interest on the Debt Securities, whether acting as Trustee, Registrar, paying agent or otherwise with respect to the Debt Securities.

ARTICLE VIII
CONCERNING THE HOLDERS

          Section 8.01 Evidence of Action by Holders. Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of any or all series may take action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any direction, notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action) the fact that at the time of taking any such action the Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by Holders in Person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, (b) by the record of the Holders voting in favor thereof at any meeting of Holders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.02, (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Holders or (d) in the case of Debt Securities evidenced by a Global Security, by any electronic transmission or other message, whether or not in written format, that complies with the Depositary’s applicable procedures.

25

          Section 8.02 Proof of Execution of Instruments and of Holding of Debt Securities. Subject to the provisions of Sections 7.01, 7.02 and 13.09, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Holder or his agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The ownership of Debt Securities of any series shall be proved by the Debt Security Register or by a certificate of the Registrar for such series. The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section 8.02 as it shall deem necessary.

          Section 8.03 Who May Be Deemed Owner of Debt Securities. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debt Security, the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, any paying agent and any Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Debt Security shall be registered upon the books of the Partnership as the absolute owner of such Debt Security (whether or not such Debt Security shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of and premium, if any, and (subject to Section 2.12) interest on such Debt Security and for all other purposes, and none of the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee nor any paying agent nor any Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary; and all such payments so made to any such Holder for the time being, or upon his order, shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debt Security.

          None of the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors the Trustee, any paying agent or any Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

          Section 8.04 Instruments Executed by Holders Bind Future Holders. At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any action by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of any series specified in this Indenture in connection with such action and subject to the following paragraph, any Holder of a Debt Security which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Debt Securities the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its corporate trust office and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 8.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Debt Security. Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the Holder of any Debt Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of such Debt Security and of any Debt Security issued upon transfer thereof or in exchange or substitution therefor, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debt Security or such other Debt Securities. Any action taken by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of any series specified in this Indenture in connection with such action shall be conclusively binding upon the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders of all the Debt Securities of such series.

          The Partnership may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Debt Securities entitled to give their consent or take any other action required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders of Debt Securities at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders of Debt Securities after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of such series specified in this Indenture shall have been received within such 120-day period.

ARTICLE IX
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

          Section 9.01 Purposes for Which Supplemental Indenture May Be Entered into Without Consent of Holders. The Partnership and any Subsidiary Guarantors, when authorized by resolutions of the Board of Directors, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time, without the consent of Holders, enter into an Indenture or Indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the TIA as in force at the date of the execution thereof) for one or more of the following purposes:

          (a) to evidence the succession pursuant to Article X of another Person to the Partnership, or successive successions, and the assumption by the Successor Partnership (as defined in Section 10.01) of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Partnership in this Indenture and in the Debt Securities;

          (b) to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors, to add to the covenants of the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions for the protection of the Holders of all or any series of Debt Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Debt Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) as the Board of Directors shall consider to be for the protection of the Holders of such Debt Securities, and to make the occurrence, or

26

the occurrence and continuance, of a Default in any of such additional covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions a Default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture; provided, that in respect of any such additional covenant, restriction, condition or provision such supplemental Indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after Default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other Defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such Default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such Default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of any or all series of Debt Securities to waive such Default;

          (c) to cure any ambiguity or omission or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein, in any supplemental Indenture or in any Debt Securities of any series that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein, in any supplemental Indenture or in the Debt Securities of such series; to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Trustee, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture as shall not adversely affect the interests of any Holders of Debt Securities of any series;

          (d) to permit the qualification of this Indenture or any Indenture supplemental hereto under the TIA as then in effect, except that nothing herein contained shall permit or authorize the inclusion in any Indenture supplemental hereto of the provisions referred to in Section 316(a)(2) of the TIA;

          (e) to permit or facilitate the issuance of Debt Securities of any series in uncertificated form;

          (f) to reflect the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Article XIV;

          (g) to add Subsidiary Guarantors with respect to any or all of the Debt Securities;

          (h) to secure any or all of the Debt Securities or the Guarantee;

          (i) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights hereunder of any Holder;

          (j) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture in respect of one or more series of Debt Securities; provided, however, that any such addition, change or elimination not otherwise permitted under this Section 9.01 shall neither apply to any Debt Security of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental Indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor modify the rights of the Holder of any such Debt Security with respect to such provision or shall become effective only when there is no such Debt Security Outstanding;

          (k) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor or separate Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee; and

          (l) to establish the form or terms of Debt Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 2.01 and 2.03.

          The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Partnership and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of any such supplemental Indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer, assignment, mortgage or pledge of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental Indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

          Any supplemental Indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.01 may be executed by the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee without the consent of the Holders of any of the Debt Securities at the time Outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.02.

          Section 9.02 Modification of Indenture with Consent of Holders of Debt Securities. Without notice to any Holder but with the consent (evidenced as provided in Section 8.01) of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of each series affected by such supplemental Indenture (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for any such series of Debt Securities), the Partnership and the Subsidiary Guarantors, when authorized by resolutions of the Board of Directors, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an Indenture or Indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the TIA as in force at the date of execution thereof) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Debt Securities of such series; provided, that no such supplemental Indenture, without the consent of the Holders of each Debt Security so affected, shall: reduce the percentage in principal amount of Debt Securities of any series whose Holders must consent to an

27

amendment; reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Debt Security; reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Debt Security; reduce any premium payable upon the redemption of any Debt Security or change the time at which any Debt Security may or shall be redeemed in accordance with Article III; make any Debt Security payable in currency other than the Dollar; impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of premium, if any, principal of and interest on such Holder’s Debt Securities on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Debt Securities; release any security that may have been granted in respect of the Debt Securities, other than in accordance with this Indenture; make any change in Section 6.06 or this Section 9.02; or, except as provided in Section 11.02(b) or Section 14.04, release the Subsidiary Guarantors other than as provided in this Indenture or modify the Guarantee in any manner adverse to the Holders.

          A supplemental Indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has been expressly included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Debt Securities or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Debt Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Debt Securities of any other series.

          Upon the request of the Partnership and the Subsidiary Guarantors, accompanied by a copy of resolutions of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Holders as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Partnership in the execution of such supplemental Indenture unless such supplemental Indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion but shall not be obligated to enter into such supplemental Indenture.

          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental Indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

          After an amendment under this Section 9.02 requiring the consent of the Holders of any series of Debt Securities becomes effective, the Partnership shall mail to Holders of that series of Debt Securities of each series affected thereby a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to any such Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02 with respect to other Holders.

          Section 9.03 Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any supplemental Indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Holders shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental Indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

          The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02, may receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such supplemental Indenture complies with the provisions of this Article IX.

          Section 9.04 Debt Securities May Bear Notation of Changes by Supplemental Indentures. Debt Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental Indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental Indenture. New Debt Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental Indenture may be prepared and executed by the Partnership, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered in exchange for the Debt Securities of such series then Outstanding. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Debt Security of such series shall not affect the validity of such amendment.

ARTICLE X
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR CONVEYANCE

          Section 10.01 Consolidations and Mergers of the Partnership. The Partnership shall not consolidate or amalgamate with or merge with or into any Person, or sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its assets to any Person, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, except (1) in accordance with the provisions of its Partnership agreement, and (2) unless: (a) either (i) the Partnership shall be the surviving Person in the case of a merger or (ii) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person if other than the Partnership (the “Successor Partnership”), shall be a Partnership, limited liability company or corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Partnership shall expressly assume, by an Indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Partnership under this Indenture and the Debt Securities according to their tenor; (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions (and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of the Successor Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the Successor Partnership or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction or series of transactions), no Default or Event of Default would occur or be continuing; (c) if the Partnership is not the continuing Person,

28

then each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless is has become the Successor Partnership, shall confirm that its Guarantee shall continue to apply to the obligations under the Debt Securities and this Indenture; and (d) the Partnership shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or disposition and such supplemental Indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

          Section 10.02 Rights and Duties of Successor Partnership. In case of any consolidation, amalgamation or merger where the Partnership is not the continuing Person, or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership in accordance with Section 10.01, the Successor Partnership shall succeed to and be substituted for the Partnership with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the respective party to this Indenture, and the predecessor entity shall be released from all liabilities and obligations under this Indenture and the Debt Securities, except that no such release will occur in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets. The Successor Partnership thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Partnership, any or all the Debt Securities issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by or on behalf of the Partnership and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of the Successor Partnership, instead of the Partnership, and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Debt Securities which previously shall have been signed and delivered by or on behalf of the Partnership to the Trustee for authentication, and any Debt Securities which the Successor Partnership thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All the Debt Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Debt Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all such Debt Securities had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

          In case of any such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale or disposition such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Debt Securities thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

ARTICLE XI
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF
INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE; UNCLAIMED MONEYS

          Section 11.01 Applicability of Article. The provisions of this Article XI relating to discharge or defeasance of Debt Securities shall be applicable to each series of Debt Securities except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.03 for Debt Securities of such series.

          Section 11.02 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance.

          (a) If at any time the Partnership shall have delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Debt Securities of any series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than any Debt Securities of such series which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.09 and Debt Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Partnership as provided in Section 11.05) or all Debt Securities of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Partnership shall deposit with the Trustee as trust funds the entire amount in cash sufficient to pay at final maturity or upon redemption all Debt Securities of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due on such date of maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be, and if in either case the Partnership shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Partnership, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of such Debt Securities herein expressly provided for) with respect to the Debt Securities of such series, and the Trustee, on demand of the Partnership accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Partnership, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture with respect to the Debt Securities of such series.

          (b) Subject to Sections 11.02(c), 11.03 and 11.07, the Partnership at any time may terminate, with respect to Debt Securities of a particular series, all its obligations under the Debt Securities of such series and this Indenture with respect to the Debt Securities of such series (“legal defeasance option”) or the operation of (w) Sections 4.09 and 4.10, (x) any covenant made applicable to such Debt Securities pursuant to Section 2.03, (y) Sections 6.01(d), (g) and (h) and (z) as they relate to the Subsidiary Guarantors only, Section 6.01(e) and (f) (“covenant defeasance option”). If the Partnership exercises either its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option with respect to Debt Securities of a particular series that are entitled to the benefit of the Guarantee, the Guarantee will terminate with respect to that series of Debt Securities. The Partnership may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option.

          If the Partnership exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Debt Securities of the defeased series may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Partnership exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Debt Securities of the defeased series may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(d), (g) and (h)

29

and, with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantors only, Sections 6.01(e) and (f).

          Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Partnership, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Partnership terminates.

          (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Partnership’s obligations in Sections 2.07, 2.09, 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, the last sentence of 4.05(a), 4.06(a), 5.01, 7.06, 11.05, 11.06 and 11.07 shall survive until the Debt Securities of the defeased series have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Partnership’s obligations in Sections 7.06, 11.05 and 11.06 shall survive.

          Section 11.03 Conditions of Defeasance. The Partnership may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option with respect to Debt Securities of a particular series only if:

          (a) the Partnership irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Debt Securities of such series to final maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

          (b) the Partnership delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Debt Securities of such series to final maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

          (c) 91 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 91-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) with respect to the Partnership occurs which is continuing at the end of the period;

          (d) no Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit and after giving effect thereto;

          (e) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Partnership;

          (f) the Partnership delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment Partnership Act of 1940;

          (g) in the event of the legal defeasance option, the Partnership shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that the Partnership has received from the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of Debt Securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred;

          (h) in the event of the covenant defeasance option, the Partnership shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of Debt Securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred; and

          (i) the Partnership delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Debt Securities of such series as contemplated by this Article XI have been complied with.

          Before or after a deposit, the Partnership may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Debt Securities of such series at a future date in accordance with Article III.

          Section 11.04 Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article XI. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through any paying agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Debt Securities of the defeased series.

          Section 11.05 Repayment to Partnership. The Trustee and any paying agent shall promptly turn over to the Partnership upon request any excess money or securities held by them at any time.

          Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and any paying agent shall pay to the Partnership upon

30

request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Partnership for payment as general creditors.

          Section 11.06 Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations. The Partnership shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee and the Holders against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

          Section 11.07 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any paying agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article XI by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or government authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Partnership’s obligations under this Indenture and the Debt Securities of the defeased series shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article XI until such time as the Trustee or any paying agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII
[RESERVED]

          This Article XII has been intentionally omitted.

ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

          Section 13.01 Successors and Assigns of Partnership Bound by Indenture. All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained by or in behalf of the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

          Section 13.02 Acts of Board, Committee or Officer of Successor Partnership Valid. Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Partnership shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any Successor Partnership.

          Section 13.03 Required Notices or Demands. Any notice or communication by the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the other’s address:

If to the Partnership or any Subsidiary Guarantor:

Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.
16701 Greenspoint Park Drive, Suite 200
Houston, Texas 77060

Attention: Charles C. Boettcher

If to the Trustee:

[                    ]

          The Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

          All notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; on the first Business Day on or after being sent, if telecopied and the sender receives confirmation of successful transmission; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

          Any notice required or permitted to a Holder by the Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture shall be deemed to be properly mailed by being deposited postage prepaid in a post office letter box in the United States addressed to such Holder at the address of such Holder as shown on the Debt Security Register. Any report pursuant to Section 313 of the TIA shall be transmitted in compliance with subsection (c) therein.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice to Holders of Floating Rate Securities regarding the determination of a periodic rate of interest, if such notice is required pursuant to Section 2.03, shall be sufficiently given if given in the manner specified pursuant to Section 2.03.

          In the event of suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give notice by mail, then such notification as shall be given with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute sufficient notice for every

31

purpose hereunder.

          In the event it shall be impracticable to give notice by publication, then such notification as shall be given with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute sufficient notice for every purpose hereunder.

          Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it or any defect in any notice by publication as to a Holder shall not affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed or published in the manner provided above, it is conclusively presumed duly given.

          Section 13.04 Indenture and Debt Securities to Be Construed in Accordance with the Laws of the State of New York. THIS INDENTURE, EACH DEBT SECURITY AND THE GUARANTEE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE NEW YORK CONTRACTS, AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF SAID STATE.

          Section 13.05 Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to Be Furnished upon Application or Demand by the Partnership. Upon any application or demand by the Partnership to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Partnership shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the furnishing of such document is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

          Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition, (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based, (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

          Section 13.06 Payments Due on Legal Holidays. In any case where the date of maturity of interest on or principal of and premium, if any, on the Debt Securities of a series or the date fixed for redemption or repayment of any Debt Security or the making of any sinking fund payment shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment for the Debt Securities of such series, then payment of interest or principal and premium, if any, or the making of such sinking fund payment need not be made on such date at such Place of Payment, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the date of maturity or the date fixed for redemption, and no interest shall accrue for the period after such date. If a record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.

          Section 13.07 Provisions Required by TIA to Control. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision included in this Indenture which is required to be included in this Indenture by any of Sections 310 to 318, inclusive, of the TIA, such required provision shall control.

          Section 13.08 Computation of Interest on Debt Securities. Interest, if any, on the Debt Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, except as may otherwise be provided pursuant to Section 2.03.

          Section 13.09 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Holders. The Registrar and any paying agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

          Section 13.10 No Recourse Against Others. The Partnership and its directors, officers, employees, incorporators and capital stockholders, as such, shall have no liability for any obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Partnership under the Debt Securities. this Indenture or the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Debt Security, each Holder shall be deemed to have waived and released all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Debt Securities.

          Section 13.11 Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or the Debt Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

          Section 13.12 Effect of Headings. The article and section headings herein and in the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

32

          Section 13.13 Indenture May Be Executed in Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

ARTICLE XIV
GUARANTEE

          Section 14.01 Unconditional Guarantee.

          (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XIV to the contrary, the provisions of this Article XIV shall be applicable only to, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Debt Securities of any series designated, pursuant to Section 2.03, as entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors.

          (b) For value received, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby fully, unconditionally and absolutely guarantees (the “Guarantee”) to the Holders and to the Trustee the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Debt Securities and all other amounts due and payable under this Indenture and the Debt Securities by the Partnership, when and as such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, according to the terms of the Debt Securities and this Indenture, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 14.03.

          (c) Failing payment when due of any amount guaranteed pursuant to the Guarantee, for whatever reason, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. The Guarantee hereunder is intended to be a general, unsecured, senior obligation of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors and will rank pari passu in right of payment with all Debt of each Subsidiary Guarantor that is not, by its terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be full, unconditional and absolute, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Debt Securities, the Guarantee (including the Guarantee of any other Subsidiary Guarantor) or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Debt Securities with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Partnership or any other Subsidiary Guarantor, or any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of any of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees that in the event of a default in payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or, subject to Section 6.04, by the Holders, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against such Subsidiary Guarantor to enforce the Guarantee without first proceeding against the Partnership or any other Subsidiary Guarantor.

          (d) The obligations of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Article XIV shall be as aforesaid full, unconditional and absolute and shall not be impaired, modified, released or limited by any occurrence or condition whatsoever, including, without limitation, (A) any compromise, settlement, release, waiver, renewal, extension, indulgence or modification of, or any change in, any of the obligations and liabilities of the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors contained in the Debt Securities or this Indenture, (B) any impairment, modification, release or limitation of the liability of the Partnership, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or any of their estates in bankruptcy, or any remedy for the enforcement thereof, resulting from the operation of any present or future provision of any applicable Bankruptcy Law, as amended, or other statute or from the decision of any court, (C) the assertion or exercise by the Partnership, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee of any rights or remedies under the Debt Securities or this Indenture or their delay in or failure to assert or exercise any such rights or remedies, (D) the assignment or the purported assignment of any property as security for the Debt Securities, including all or any part of the rights of the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Indenture, (E) the extension of the time for payment by the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of any payments or other sums or any part thereof owing or payable under any of the terms and provisions of the Debt Securities or this Indenture or of the time for performance by the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of any other obligations under or arising out of any such terms and provisions or the extension or the renewal of any thereof, (F) the modification or amendment (whether material or otherwise) of any duty, agreement or obligation of the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors set forth in this Indenture, (G) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets, marshaling of assets and liabilities, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement,

33

composition or readjustment of, or other similar proceeding affecting, the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or any of their respective assets, or the disaffirmance of the Debt Securities, the Guarantee or this Indenture in any such proceeding, (H) the release or discharge of the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors from the performance or observance of any agreement, covenant, term or condition contained in any of such instruments by operation of law, (I) the unenforceability of the Debt Securities, the Guarantee or this Indenture or (J) any other circumstances (other than payment in full or discharge of all amounts guaranteed pursuant to the Guarantee) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor.

          (e) Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby (A) waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of the merger, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, and all demands whatsoever, (B) acknowledges that any agreement, instrument or document evidencing the Guarantee may be transferred and that the benefit of its obligations hereunder shall extend to each holder of any agreement, instrument or document evidencing the Guarantee without notice to it and (C) covenants that the Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Guarantee. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors further agrees that if at any time all or any part of any payment theretofore applied by any Person to the Guarantee is, or must be, rescinded or returned for any reason whatsoever, including without limitation, the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Guarantee shall, to the extent that such payment is or must be rescinded or returned, be deemed to have continued in existence notwithstanding such application, and the Guarantee shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, as though such application had not been made.

          (f) Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holders and the Trustee against the Partnership in respect of any amounts paid by such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, provided, however, that such Subsidiary Guarantor, shall not be entitled to enforce or to receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all of the Debt Securities and the Guarantee shall have been paid in full or discharged

     Section 14.02 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. To further evidence the Guarantee set forth in Section 14.01, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees that a notation relating to such Guarantee, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex A, shall be endorsed on each Debt Security entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and executed by either manual or facsimile signature of an officer of such Subsidiary Guarantor, or in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a limited Partnership, an officer of the Partnership of each Subsidiary Guarantor. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees that the Guarantee set forth in Section 14.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Debt Security a notation relating to the Guarantee. If any officer of any Subsidiary Guarantor, or in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a limited Partnership, any officer of the Partnership of the Subsidiary Guarantor, whose signature is on this Indenture or a Debt Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates such Debt Security or at any time thereafter, the Guarantee of such Debt Security shall be valid nevertheless. The delivery of any Debt Security by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors.

          The Trustee hereby accepts the trusts in this Indenture upon the terms and conditions herein set forth.

     Section 14.03 Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantors’ Liability. Each Subsidiary Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder of a Debt Security entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such parties that the guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Federal or state law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders of a Debt Security entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor and to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee, not result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under Federal or state law.

          Section 14.04 Release of Subsidiary Guarantors from Guarantee

34

          (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor may be released upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 11.02(b) and in this Section 14.04. Provided that no Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing under this Indenture, the Guarantee incurred by a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this Article XIV shall be unconditionally released and discharged (i) automatically upon (A) any sale, exchange or transfer, whether by way of merger or otherwise, to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Partnership, of all of the Partnership’s direct or indirect limited Partnership or other equity interests in such Subsidiary Guarantor (provided such sale, exchange or transfer is not prohibited by this Indenture) or (B) the merger of such Subsidiary Guarantor into the Partnership or any other Subsidiary Guarantor or the liquidation and dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor (in each case to the extent not prohibited by this Indenture) or (ii) following delivery of a written notice of such release or discharge by the Partnership to the Trustee, upon the release or discharge of all guarantees by such Subsidiary Guarantor of any Debt of the Partnership other than obligations arising under this Indenture and any Debt Securities issued hereunder, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantees.

          (b) The Trustee shall deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing any release of a Subsidiary Guarantor from the Guarantee upon receipt of a written request of the Partnership accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Subsidiary Guarantor is entitled to such release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. Any Subsidiary Guarantor not so released shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Debt Securities entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee as provided in this Indenture, subject to the limitations of Section 14.03.

          Section 14.05 Subsidiary Guarantor Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree, inter se, that in the event any payment or distribution is made by any Subsidiary Guarantor (a “Funding Guarantor”) under the Guarantee, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) in a pro rata amount based on the net assets of each Subsidiary Guarantor (including the Funding Guarantor) for all payments, damages and expenses incurred by that Funding Guarantor in discharging the Partnership’s obligations with respect to the Debt Securities or any other Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations with respect to the Guarantee.

[Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

35

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

EAGLE ROCK ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.
By:	Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P., its General Partner
By:	Eagle Rock Energy G&P, L.L.C., its General Partner

By:
	[Name]
	[Title]
[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]
By:
	[Name]
	[Title]
TRUSTEE
By:
	[Name]
	[Title]

Signature Page to Senior Indenture

ANNEX A

NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

          Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture), has fully, unconditionally and absolutely guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Debt Securities and all other amounts due and payable under the Indenture and the Debt Securities by the Partnership.

          The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors to the Holders of Debt Securities and to the Trustee pursuant to the Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article XIV of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantee.

[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]
By:
	[Name]
	[Title]

Notation of Guarantee

EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

[Vinson & Elkins LLP Letterhead]

December 7, 2009
Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.
16701 Greenspoint Park Drive, Suite 200
Houston, Texas 77060

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as counsel for Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), and Eagle Rock Energy Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Eagle Rock Energy Finance”), with respect to the preparation of the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (the “Registration Statement”) filed on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) in connection with the registration by the Partnership under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) of the offer and sale by the Partnership from time to time, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, of:

(1)	common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “Common Units”);
(2)	partnership securities representing limited partner interests or additional equity interests in the Partnership (the “Partnership Securities”);
(3)	warrants to purchase Common Units, Partnership Securities or Debt Securities (as defined below) (the “Warrants”);
(4)	rights to purchase Common Units, Partnership Securities, Warrants or Debt Securities (as defined below) the “Rights,” and together with the Warrants, the “Subscription Securities”); and
(5)	debt securities, which may be co-issued by Eagle Rock Energy Finance, in one or more series, consisting of notes, debentures or other evidences of indebtedness (the “Debt Securities”).

     The Common Units, Partnership Securities, Warrants, Rights and Debt Securities are collectively referred to herein as the “Securities.” We have also participated in the preparation of the Prospectus (the “Prospectus”) contained in the Registration Statement to which this opinion is an exhibit. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

     We have examined (i) the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus, (ii) the form of Senior Indenture (the “Indenture”) filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, (iii) the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, (iv) the Certificate of Limited Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act in connection with the formation of the Partnership, (v) other formation documents and agreements, of Eagle Rock Energy Finance and (vi) such other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion. In addition, we have reviewed certain certificates of officers of the Partnership and of public officials, and we have relied on such certificates with respect to certain factual matters that we have not independently established.

     In connection with rendering the opinions set forth below, we have assumed that (i) all information contained in all documents reviewed by us is true and correct; (ii) all signatures on all documents examined by us are genuine; (iii) all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic and complete and all documents submitted to us as copies conform to the originals of those documents; (iv) the Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), will have become effective and comply with all applicable laws; (v) all Securities will be issued and sold in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and in the manner specified in the Registration Statement and the applicable Prospectus Supplement to the Prospectus; (vi) one or more Prospectus Supplements to the Prospectus will have been prepared and filed with the Commission describing the Securities offered thereby and will comply with all applicable laws; (vii) the Indenture, and any supplemental indenture relating to a particular series of Debt Securities, will be duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto in substantially the form reviewed by us; (viii) a definitive purchase, underwriting or similar agreement with respect to any Securities offered will have been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by the Partnership and the other parties thereto; (ix) a definitive warrant agreement, right agreement or similar agreement with respect to any Subscription Securities will have been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by the Partnership and the other parties thereto; (x) any securities issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any Security being offered will have been duly authorized, created and, if appropriate, reserved for issuance upon such conversion, exchange or exercise; (xi) the form and terms of any Partnership Securities, Debt Securities and Subscription Securities, the issuance, sale and delivery thereof by the Partnership and Eagle Rock Energy Finance, as applicable, and their incurrence and performance of their obligations thereunder or in respect thereof in accordance with the terms thereof, will be in full compliance with, and will not violate, the formation documents and agreements, as applicable, of the Partnership and Eagle Rock Energy Finance, as applicable, or any applicable law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree, award, or agreement binding upon any of them, or to which the issuance, sale and delivery of such Securities, or the incurrence and performance of such obligations, may be subject, or violate any

applicable public policy, or be subject to any defense in law or equity; and (xii) the certificates for the Common Units will conform to the specimens thereof examined by us and will have been duly countersigned by a transfer agent and duly registered by a registrar of the Common Units.

     Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

(1)	With respect to the Common Units, when (i) the Partnership has taken all necessary action to approve the issuance of such Common Units, the terms of the offering thereof and related matters and (ii) the Common Units have been issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the applicable definitive purchase, underwriting or similar agreement approved by the Partnership upon payment of the consideration thereof or provided for therein, then the Common Units will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
(2)	With respect to the Partnership Securities, when (i) the Partnership has taken all necessary action to approve the issuance such Partnership Securities, the terms of the offering thereof and related matters and (ii) the Partnership Securities have been issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the applicable definitive purchase, underwriting or similar agreement approved by the Partnership upon payment of the consideration thereof or provided for therein, then the Partnership Securities will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
(3)	With respect to the Subscription Securities, when (i) the Partnership and Eagle Rock Energy Finance, as applicable, have taken all necessary action to approve the issuance and terms of such Subscription Securities, the terms of the offering and related matters and (ii) the Subscription Securities have been issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the applicable warrant agreement, rights agreement or similar agreement approved by the Partnership and Eagle Rock Energy Finance, as applicable, and upon payment of any consideration therefor provided for therein and in any applicable definitive purchase, underwriting or similar agreement approved by the Partnership and Eagle Rock Energy Finance, as applicable, then the Subscription Securities will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Partnership and Eagle Rock Energy Finance, as applicable, in accordance with their terms, except as such enforcement may be subject to any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or other law relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.
(4)	With respect to the Debt Securities, when (i) the Indenture has been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, (ii) the Partnership and Eagle Rock Energy Finance, as applicable, have taken all necessary action to approve the issuance and terms of such Debt Securities, the terms of the offering thereof and related matters, and (iii) such Debt Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and the applicable definitive purchase, underwriting or similar agreement approved by the Partnership and Eagle Rock Energy Finance, as applicable, upon payment of the consideration thereof or provided for therein, such Debt Securities will be legally issued and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Partnership and Eagle Rock Energy Finance, as applicable, enforceable against the Partnership and Eagle Rock Energy Finance, as applicable, in accordance with their terms, except as such enforcement may be subject to any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or other law relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

     The opinions expressed herein are qualified in the following respects:

(1)

We express no opinions concerning (i) the validity or enforceability of any provisions contained in the Indentures that purport to waive or not give effect to the rights to notices, defenses, subrogation or other rights or benefits that cannot be effectively waived under applicable law; or (ii) the enforceability of indemnification provisions to the extent they purport to relate to liabilities resulting from or based upon negligence or any violation of federal or state securities or blue sky laws.

(4)

This opinion is limited in all respects to federal laws, the Delaware Limited Liability Partnership Act, the Delaware General Corporation Act and the Constitution of the State of Delaware, as interpreted by the courts of the State of Delaware and of the United States.

     We hereby consent to the references to this firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus and to the filing of this opinion as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement. By giving such consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of

persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued thereunder.

          Very truly yours,

          /s/ Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

EX-8.1

Exhibit 8.1

December 7, 2009

Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.
16701 Greenspoint Park Drive, Suite 200
Houston, Texas 77060

RE: EAGLE ROCK ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P. REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-3

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as counsel to Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. (the “Partnership”), a Delaware limited partnership, Eagle Rock Energy Finance Corporation (“Finance Corp”), a Delaware corporation, and certain other subsidiaries of the Partnership with respect to certain legal matters in connection with the preparation of a registration statement on Form S-3 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) by the Partnership and Finance Corp under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), respecting the offer from time to time, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, of up to $600,000,000 of:

(i)	common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “Common Units”);
(ii)	partnership securities representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (together with the Common Units, “Units”);
(iii)	warrants to purchase Units or Debt Securities;
(iv)	rights to purchase Units or Debt Securities;
(v)	debt securities, which may be co-issued by Finance Corp, in one or more series, consisting of notes, debentures or other evidences of indebtedness (the “Debt Securities”); and
(vi)	guarantees of the Debt Securities by certain Partnership subsidiaries.

     We have also participated in the preparation of a Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement (the “Prospectus”) to which this opinion is an exhibit. In connection therewith, we prepared the discussion (the “Discussion”) set forth under the caption “Material Tax Consequences” in the Prospectus.

     All statements of legal conclusions contained in the Discussion, unless otherwise noted, are our opinion with respect to the matters set forth therein as of the effective date of the Prospectus, qualified by the limitations contained in the Discussion. In addition, we are of the opinion that the Discussion with respect to those matters as to which no legal conclusions are provided is an accurate discussion of such federal income tax matters (except for the representations and statements of fact by the Partnership and its General Partner, included in the Discussion, as to which we express no opinion).

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. Attorneys at Law
Austin Beijing Dallas Dubai Houston London
Moscow New York Shanghai Tokyo Washington First City Tower, 1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500
Houston, TX 77002-6760
Tel 713.758.2222 Fax 713.758.2346 www.velaw.com

     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the Registration Statement. By giving such consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission issued thereunder.

Very truly yours,
 

/s/ VINSON & ELKINS L.L.P.  

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. 

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. Attorneys at Law
Austin Beijing Dallas Dubai Houston London
Moscow New York Shanghai Tokyo Washington First City Tower, 1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500
Houston, TX 77002-6760
Tel 713.758.2222 Fax 713.758.2346 www.velaw.com

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The table below sets forth the Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges for us for the periods indicated. On October 26, 2006, we completed our initial public offering whereby we became the successor to the business of Eagle Rock Pipeline, L.P. As such, the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 reflect the financial results of Eagle Rock Pipeline, L.P. and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009, reflect the financial results of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P.

	Predecessor						Successor
																Nine Months
																Ended
	Year Ended December 31,															Sept. 30,
	2004			2005			2006			2007			2008			2009
Interest expense	$			$	3,878		$	29,759		$	37,521		$	38,098		$	30,951
Amortization of debt issuance costs					76			1,114			1,777			958			801
Write-off of debt issuance costs											6,215
Estimated interest associated with rental expense(1)		12			167			100			1,200			1,933			2,000
Total fixed charges	$	12		$	4,121		$	30,973		$	46,713		$	40,989		$	33,752
Net income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	$	(1,210	)	$	2,750		$	(22,084	)	$	(145,465	)	$	86,404		$	(101,235	)
Income from equity investees											714			4,021			988
Net income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes before income from equity investees		(1,210	)		2,750			(22,084	)		(146,179	)		82,383			(102,223	)
Distributed income of equity investees											408			3,643			247
Fixed charges		12			4,121			30,973			46,713			40,989			33,752
Total earnings	$	(1,198	)	$	6,871		$	8,889		$	(99,058	)	$	127,015		$	(68,224	)
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2)		—			1.67	x		0.29	x		—			3.10	x		—

(1)	Calculated as one third of rent expense, which is a reasonable approximation of the interest factor.
(2)	For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2006 and 2007 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $1.21 million, $22.08 million, $145.77 million and $101.98 million, respectively.

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-3 of our report dated March 12, 2009 (December 7, 2009 as to the retrospective adoption of EITF 07-4 and FSP EITF 03-6-1described in Note 17 and the retrospective adjustment for discontinued operations discussed in Note 19), relating to the consolidated financial statements of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. , (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding retrospective application of Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 07-4, Application of the Two-Class Method Under FASB Statement No. 128, Earnings per share, to Master Limited Partnerships, Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Investments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transaction and for discontinued operations) appearing in the Current Report on Form 8-K of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. filed December 7, 2009 and the effectiveness of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. ‘s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Houston, Texas
December 7, 2009

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-3 of our report dated April 3, 2009 (December 7, 2009 as to the retrospective adoption of SFAS No. 160 described in Note 3), relating to the balance sheet of Eagle Rock Energy GP, L.P. (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding retrospective application of Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51) appearing in the Current Report on Form 8-K of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. filed December 7, 2009, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Houston, Texas
December 7, 2009

EX-23.3

Exhibit 23.3

CAWLEY, GILLESPIE & ASSOCIATES, INC.
PETROLEUM CONSULTANTS
302 FORT WORTH CLUB BUILDING
306 WEST SEVENTH STREET
FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102-4987
(817) 336-2461

CONSENT OF CAWLEY, GILLESPIE & ASSOCIATES, INC.

     The undersigned hereby consents to the references to our firm in the form and context in which they appear in or are incorporated by reference into this Registration Statement on Form S-3 of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. (“Registration Statement”) and the related prospectus that is a part thereof. We hereby further consent to the use in such Registration Statement and prospectus of information contained in our report setting forth the estimated oil and gas reserves and related information of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. as of December 31, 2008, which information is incorporated by reference from the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and from the Form 8-K of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. dated April 3, 2009.

     We further consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts.”

/s/ CAWLEY, GILLESPIE & ASSOCIATES, INC.

Forth Worth, Texas
December 7, 2009

EX-23.4

Exhibit 23.4

K.E. ANDREWS & COMPANY

Ad Valorem Tax Service
Austin • Dallas • Denver

     The undersigned hereby consents to the references to our firm in the form and context in which they appear in or are incorporated by reference into this Registration Statement on Form S-3 of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. (“Registration Statement”) and the related prospectus that is a part thereof. We hereby further consent to the use in such Registration Statement and prospectus of the purchase price allocations and related information attributed to our firm in the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. and the Form 8-K of Eagle Rock Energy Partners, L.P. dated April 3, 2009, both incorporated by reference into this Registration Statement.

     We further consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts.”

K.E. ANDREWS & COMPANY

By: /s/ Mark Andrews, ASA

Mark Andrews, ASA

President

Houston, Texas

December 7, 2009